1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
130 \html_math_img_scale 1
131 \html_latex_start "<span class='latex'>"
132 \html_latex_end "</span>"
133 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
149 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
153 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Note Note
175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
176 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
177 \begin_inset Newline newline
182 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
190 \begin_layout Standard
191 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
192 LatexCommand tableofcontents
199 \begin_layout Chapter
203 \begin_layout Section
207 \begin_layout Standard
208 LyX is a document preparation system.
209 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
210 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
211 It is unlike most other
212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
219 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
221 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
237 pt type, left justified, 5
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
250 \begin_layout Standard
251 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
268 \begin_layout Standard
270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
281 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
282 the format of all of the manuals.
283 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
284 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 \begin_layout Section
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
308 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
309 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
315 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
316 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
318 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
319 only a vertical scrollbar.
320 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
321 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
322 This, however, is due
323 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
324 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
325 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
326 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
328 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
329 this doesn't work for equations yet.
332 \begin_layout Standard
333 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
341 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
346 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
347 ing sections of this documentation.
350 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
360 of the manuals from inside LyX.
361 Just select the manual you want read from the
368 \begin_layout Section
370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
372 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
379 \begin_layout Standard
380 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
381 without resorting to configuration files.
382 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
383 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
384 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_inset Index idx
392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
400 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
405 \begin_inset space \space{}
408 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
409 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_inset Index idx
418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
419 Reconfiguration of LyX
424 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
427 \begin_layout Section
429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
431 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
438 \begin_layout Standard
440 \change_inserted 1 1269457017
441 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
442 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
444 Actually, that isn't quite true.
445 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
446 the like, and any LyX document can be outupt as plain text or as XHTML.
447 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
448 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
449 to have LaTeX properly installed.
452 \begin_layout Standard
454 \change_inserted 1 1269457113
455 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
457 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
463 \change_inserted 1 1269457161
466 packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file you can
469 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 \change_inserted 1 1269457187
490 If you are missing packages you need, then
493 \change_deleted 1 1269457188
495 \change_inserted 1 1269457189
498 ou should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
499 \begin_inset Note Note
502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
503 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
511 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
512 More about TeX Code is described in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
523 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
530 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
540 \begin_inset Index idx
543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 Reconfiguration of LyX
550 \change_inserted 1 1269457202
551 See section 5.1 of the
555 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
560 \begin_layout Chapter
564 \begin_layout Section
565 Basic File Operations
566 \begin_inset Index idx
569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
578 \begin_layout Standard
583 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
584 in addition to some more advanced operations:
587 \begin_layout Itemize
591 \begin_inset Graphics
592 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
593 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
600 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_inset Graphics
625 filename ../images/file-open.png
626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
633 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_inset Graphics
646 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Itemize
700 \begin_layout Itemize
706 \begin_inset Graphics
707 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
715 \begin_layout Itemize
721 \begin_layout Standard
722 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
723 a few minor differences.
726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
741 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
742 you for a template to use.
743 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
744 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
745 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
753 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
760 \begin_layout Standard
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
785 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
786 space is just that — a big, blank space.
789 \begin_layout Standard
810 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
815 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
840 will reload the document from disk.
841 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
842 and want to restore it to the last save.
851 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
852 can identify them as your changes.
855 \begin_layout Section
856 Basic Editing Features
857 \begin_inset Index idx
860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
869 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
878 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
879 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
880 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
882 We'll start with cut and paste.
885 \begin_layout Standard
886 As you might expect, the
890 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
891 various other editing features.
892 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/cut.png
904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
911 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_inset Graphics
918 filename ../images/copy.png
919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
926 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset Graphics
933 filename ../images/paste.png
934 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
941 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_layout Itemize
961 \begin_layout Itemize
975 \begin_inset Graphics
976 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
977 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
985 \begin_layout Standard
986 The first three are self-explanatory.
987 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
988 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
997 keys also functions as the
1002 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1003 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1004 You'll have to do an
1008 to get back the lost text.
1011 \begin_layout Standard
1012 \begin_inset Index idx
1015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1021 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1030 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1033 \begin_layout Standard
1036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1038 \begin_inset space ~
1041 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1043 \begin_inset space ~
1047 \begin_inset space ~
1052 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1058 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1062 \begin_inset space ~
1067 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1068 will start a new paragraph.
1071 \begin_layout Standard
1072 \begin_inset Index idx
1075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1082 \begin_inset Index idx
1085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1099 \begin_inset space ~
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1117 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1122 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 button to skip the current word.
1143 \begin_inset space ~
1148 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1152 \begin_inset space ~
1157 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1159 If the toggle is set, searching for
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1171 will not match the word
1172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 Match whole words only
1188 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1219 \begin_layout Standard
1220 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1221 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1223 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1228 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1235 \begin_layout Section
1237 \begin_inset Index idx
1240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1247 \begin_inset Index idx
1250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1259 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1266 \begin_layout Standard
1267 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1268 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1274 or the toolbar button
1275 \begin_inset Graphics
1276 filename ../images/undo.png
1277 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1281 to undo some mistake.
1282 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1287 or the toolbar button
1288 \begin_inset Graphics
1289 filename ../images/redo.png
1290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1306 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1309 \begin_layout Standard
1310 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1319 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1320 This is a consequence of the 100
1321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1324 step undo limit, above.
1327 \begin_layout Standard
1336 work on almost everything in LyX.
1337 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1341 \begin_layout Section
1343 \begin_inset Index idx
1346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1355 \begin_layout Standard
1356 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1364 \begin_layout Itemize
1369 once anywhere in the edit window.
1370 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1374 \begin_layout Enumerate
1379 \begin_layout Itemize
1385 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1388 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1391 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1394 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1404 \begin_layout Enumerate
1405 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1409 \begin_layout Standard
1410 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1411 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1415 \begin_layout Enumerate
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1425 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1430 \begin_layout Section
1432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1434 name "sec:Navigating"
1439 \begin_inset Index idx
1442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1451 \begin_layout Standard
1452 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1455 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1461 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 or the toolbar button
1471 \begin_inset Graphics
1472 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1482 (TOC) that is described in section
1483 \begin_inset space ~
1487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1489 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1494 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1495 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1496 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1497 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1498 to the document, see section
1499 \begin_inset space ~
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1505 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1514 option sorts the current list, and the
1518 option keeps it in the current view state.
1519 Keeping means that when you have e.
1520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1524 \begin_inset space \space{}
1527 the subsections of section
1528 \begin_inset space ~
1531 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1532 \begin_inset space ~
1535 3, the subsections of section
1536 \begin_inset space ~
1539 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1544 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Standard
1553 \begin_inset space \space{}
1557 \begin_inset Graphics
1558 filename ../images/down.png
1559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1564 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1569 \begin_inset space \space{}
1573 \begin_inset Graphics
1574 filename ../images/up.png
1575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1580 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1584 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1586 So you can for example move section
1587 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1595 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1597 \begin_inset Graphics
1598 filename ../images/promote.png
1599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1604 \begin_inset Graphics
1605 filename ../images/demote.png
1606 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1610 or the corresponding key bindings
1618 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1619 So you can for example make section
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 \begin_inset space ~
1628 \begin_inset space ~
1634 \begin_layout Standard
1636 \begin_inset Graphics
1637 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1643 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1644 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1645 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1646 go back to your last editing position.
1649 \begin_layout Section
1651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1661 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1666 \begin_inset Index idx
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1676 \begin_inset Index idx
1679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1710 \begin_layout Standard
1711 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1713 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1714 is used to propose completions.
1717 \begin_layout Standard
1718 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1719 there are completions available.
1720 You can then press the
1724 key to use this completion.
1725 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1726 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1727 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1734 \begin_layout Standard
1735 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1737 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1740 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1742 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1745 by deselecting the option
1752 Automatic inline completion
1754 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1755 To accept this proposal, use the
1764 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1765 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1773 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1780 \begin_layout Section
1782 \begin_inset Index idx
1785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_inset Index idx
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1824 \begin_inset Index idx
1827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1858 \begin_layout Standard
1859 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1860 LyX's default is CUA.
1863 \begin_layout Standard
1867 \begin_inset space ~
1875 \begin_inset space ~
1896 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1900 \begin_layout Labeling
1901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1905 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1906 LatexCommand nomenclature
1908 description "Tabulator key"
1914 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1915 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1916 \begin_inset space ~
1920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1922 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1929 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1933 , especially section
1934 \begin_inset space ~
1938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1940 reference "sub:Lists"
1946 If you're still confused, look in the
1953 \begin_layout Labeling
1954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1958 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1959 LatexCommand nomenclature
1961 description "Escape key"
1968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1975 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1976 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1979 \begin_layout Labeling
1980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1986 \begin_inset space ~
1990 \begin_inset space ~
1997 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1998 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2002 \begin_layout Standard
2003 There are three modifier keys:
2006 \begin_layout Labeling
2007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2025 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2026 LatexCommand nomenclature
2028 description "Control key"
2032 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2033 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2037 \begin_layout Itemize
2046 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2049 \begin_layout Itemize
2058 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2061 \begin_layout Itemize
2070 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2074 \begin_layout Labeling
2075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2093 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2094 LatexCommand nomenclature
2096 description "Shift key"
2100 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2101 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2104 \begin_layout Labeling
2105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2123 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2124 LatexCommand nomenclature
2126 description "Alt or Meta key"
2130 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2131 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2132 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2138 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2140 menu accelerator keys
2143 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2144 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 For example, the sequence
2150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2156 \begin_inset space ~
2160 \begin_inset space ~
2166 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2193 \begin_inset space ~
2199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_layout Standard
2214 manual lists all other things bound to the
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2224 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2225 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2226 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2227 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2228 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2229 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2230 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2246 followed by a capital
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2256 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2261 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2264 as explained in sec.
2265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2271 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2278 \begin_layout Chapter
2280 \begin_inset Index idx
2283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2292 \begin_layout Section
2294 \begin_inset Index idx
2297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2306 \begin_layout Subsection
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2312 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2313 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2314 numbering schemes, and so on.
2315 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2316 and format the title of your document differently.
2319 \begin_layout Standard
2324 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2325 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2326 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2327 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2328 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2333 how to adjust their properties.
2336 \begin_layout Subsection
2338 \begin_inset Index idx
2341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2350 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You can select a class using the
2360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2362 \change_inserted 1 1269457473
2363 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
2367 \begin_inset Index idx
2370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2379 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 Article for basic articles
2396 \begin_layout Description
2397 Report for basic reports
2400 \begin_layout Description
2401 Book for writing a book
2404 \begin_layout Description
2405 Letter for US-style letters
2408 \begin_layout Standard
2409 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2410 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2411 will include many of these.
2412 Here are some of the classes.
2413 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2415 Special Document Classes
2424 \begin_layout Description
2425 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2428 \begin_layout Description
2435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2444 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2450 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2451 There are three article layouts available.
2452 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2453 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2454 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2455 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2460 sequential numbering
2461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2464 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2465 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2466 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2467 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 Beamer Layout for presentations
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2476 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2480 \begin_layout Description
2482 \begin_inset space ~
2485 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2495 Die TeXnische Komödie
2497 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Foils Used to make transparencies
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2512 \begin_layout Description
2513 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2514 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2518 \begin_layout Description
2519 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2520 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2533 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2536 \begin_layout Description
2537 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2540 \begin_layout Description
2545 LaTeX document class
2548 \begin_layout Description
2549 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2552 \begin_layout Description
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2564 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2565 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2567 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Slides Used to make transparencies
2574 \begin_layout Description
2576 \begin_inset space ~
2579 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2580 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2592 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2596 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2598 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2604 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2605 of the document classes.
2606 \change_inserted 1 1269457401
2610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2612 \change_inserted 1 1269457704
2613 Why Is My Document Class `Unavailable'?
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2618 \change_inserted 1 1269458954
2619 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2623 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2625 \begin_inset Index idx
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2630 \change_inserted 1 1269457484
2639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2647 Or they are surprised that, when they try to open the
2651 template, they receive a message saying that the document class requires
2652 external files to produce output, files that are not installed.
2653 Surely something is wrong.
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2659 \change_inserted 1 1269458991
2661 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2662 and some of them, like
2666 (which is used for screenplays), are highly specialized.
2667 Indeed, we want LyX to support as many different types of documents as
2668 possible, and, as of LyX 2.0, it includes almost one hundred different layout
2669 files, with the number growing all the time.
2670 No sensible LaTeX distribution will install all of the different files
2671 that might be needed by some LyX document class by default.
2672 There are too many, and they are too various.
2673 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \change_inserted 1 1269459048
2681 So, if there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2682 `Unavailable', all you need to do is install the appropriate class or package
2684 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to try selecting
2685 that document class.
2686 LyX will display a dialog that, among other things, will list the missing
2688 Most TeX distributions now include a See section 5.1 of the
2692 manual for information on how to install them.
2695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2697 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2698 I Need a Document Class That Isn't Even Listed
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2703 \change_inserted 1 1269459092
2704 Although, as said, LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents,
2705 it does not include support for every document class people might want
2707 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2708 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2709 For example, the LaTeX document class
2713 is used for dissertations at the University of California.
2714 The LyX team cannot write `layout files' to support every one of these.
2718 \begin_layout Standard
2720 \change_inserted 1 1269459143
2721 Fortunately, however, users can write their own layout files, and many users
2723 Sometimes, this is quite easy, but sometimes it can be quite hard.
2728 manual contains information on how to add support for your favorite document
2734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2743 \begin_inset Index idx
2746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2756 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2757 chosen document class.
2758 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2759 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2766 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2770 \begin_inset Index idx
2773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2780 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2782 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2788 \change_inserted 1 1269456922
2789 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2790 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2791 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2792 be able to export PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able
2793 to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2794 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2795 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2797 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2801 \begin_inset Index idx
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2807 Reconfiguration of LyX
2812 See section 5.1 of the
2816 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2831 LyX will advise you about these things.
2839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Each class has a default set of options.
2845 Here's a quick table describing them:
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2857 \begin_inset Tabular
2858 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2859 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 \begin_layout Standard
3319 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 You're probably also wondering what
3327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3331 \begin_inset space ~
3335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3339 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3340 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3345 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3350 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3360 headings, there are also
3368 headings, and so on.
3369 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sub:Headings"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3392 \begin_inset Index idx
3395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3404 \begin_inset Index idx
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3419 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3430 \begin_inset space ~
3435 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3437 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3438 to use for your document.
3439 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3456 \begin_inset space ~
3461 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3462 You can choose between the following five options:
3465 \begin_layout Labeling
3466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3471 Use default page style of current class.
3474 \begin_layout Labeling
3475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3480 No page numbers or headings.
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3492 \begin_layout Labeling
3493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3498 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3499 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3500 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3503 \begin_layout Labeling
3504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3509 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3515 \begin_inset Index idx
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3519 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3525 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3526 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3528 Check the documentation for the
3532 package for more details,
3533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3547 of paragraphs is described in section
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3554 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3561 \begin_layout Subsection
3562 Paper Size and Orientation
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3567 Document ! Paper size
3573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3575 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3582 \begin_layout Standard
3583 You'll find the following options in the menu
3586 \begin_inset space ~
3591 of the dialog of the
3593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3599 \begin_inset Index idx
3602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3621 What size paper to print on.
3625 \begin_layout Itemize
3631 \begin_layout Itemize
3641 \begin_layout Itemize
3647 \begin_layout Itemize
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3659 \begin_layout Itemize
3665 \begin_layout Itemize
3671 \begin_layout Labeling
3672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3677 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3688 \begin_layout Labeling
3689 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3693 \begin_inset space ~
3698 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3699 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3711 \begin_inset Index idx
3714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3721 \begin_inset Index idx
3724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 Paper margins are set in the menu
3736 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Standard
3753 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3754 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3755 the paper format and the font size into account.
3758 \begin_layout Subsection
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3768 That includes the paragraph environments.
3769 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3770 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3771 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3772 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3781 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3783 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3784 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3785 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3788 \begin_layout Section
3789 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3790 \begin_inset Index idx
3793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 Paragraph ! Indentation
3802 \begin_layout Subsection
3804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3806 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3815 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3820 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3821 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3822 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3826 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3832 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3833 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3834 language than English.
3835 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3840 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3842 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3843 LyX takes care of that.
3844 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3846 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3847 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3848 of a page, and so on.
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3858 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3859 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3863 of these pre-coded spacings.
3864 We'll explain more later.
3867 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 Paragraph Separation
3869 \begin_inset Index idx
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Paragraph ! Separation
3881 \begin_layout Standard
3882 To separate paragraphs, select
3893 \begin_inset space ~
3900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3904 \begin_inset Index idx
3907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3913 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3914 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3915 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3930 \begin_inset space ~
3934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3936 reference "cap:Units"
3941 The default length is 30
3942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3958 \begin_inset space ~
3963 dialog and toggle the
3966 \begin_inset space ~
3971 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3974 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3978 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3979 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3985 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3988 \begin_layout Subsection
3990 \begin_inset Index idx
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3994 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4009 \begin_inset Index idx
4012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4021 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4024 \begin_inset space ~
4033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4034 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4043 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4048 installed to use this feature.
4056 \begin_layout Section
4057 Paragraph Environments
4058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4060 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4065 \begin_inset Index idx
4068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 Paragraph ! Environments
4075 \begin_inset Index idx
4078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4079 Paragraph environments|(
4087 \begin_layout Subsection
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4114 \begin_inset Newline newline
4117 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4118 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4119 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4128 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 A paragraph environment is simply a
4133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4140 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4141 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4142 scheme, labels, and so on.
4143 Additionally, you can
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4152 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4153 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4154 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4155 days of typewriters.
4156 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4158 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4163 \begin_inset Graphics
4164 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4170 at the left end of the toolbar.
4171 LyX will change the environment of the
4175 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4176 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4177 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4190 create a new paragraph using the
4194 paragraph environment.
4196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4203 because if you are in one of these environments:
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 \begin_layout Itemize
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4230 \begin_layout Itemize
4236 \begin_layout Itemize
4242 \begin_layout Itemize
4248 \begin_layout Standard
4249 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4253 , rather than resetting it to
4258 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4259 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4260 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4261 \begin_inset space ~
4265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4267 reference "sec:Nesting"
4272 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4277 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4278 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4282 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4288 \begin_layout Subsection
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 The default paragraph environment is
4298 It creates a plain paragraph.
4299 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4300 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4301 this manual) are in the
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4309 You can nest a paragraph using the
4313 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4321 \begin_layout Subsection
4323 \begin_inset Index idx
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4345 for thanks or contact information.
4346 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4347 page along with today's date.
4348 For other types of documents, the title
4349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4356 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4360 \begin_layout Standard
4361 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4375 Here's how you use them:
4378 \begin_layout Itemize
4379 Put the title of your document in the
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 Put the author name in the
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4396 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4402 Note that using this environment is optional.
4403 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4404 If you don't want any date, add the line
4405 \begin_inset Newline newline
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 to the preamble of your document (menu
4420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 You can use footnotes to insert
4428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4435 or contact information.
4438 \begin_layout Subsection
4440 \begin_inset Index idx
4443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4461 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4466 \begin_inset Index idx
4469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4470 Section headings ! Numbered
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4527 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4528 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4533 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4534 You group the book into chapters.
4535 LyX does similar grouping:
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 is divided in either
4554 \begin_layout Itemize
4566 \begin_layout Itemize
4578 \begin_layout Itemize
4590 \begin_layout Itemize
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4623 Not all document types use the
4627 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4632 is the top-level heading.
4640 \begin_layout Standard
4645 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4646 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4648 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4662 \begin_inset Index idx
4665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4666 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4679 \begin_layout Enumerate
4685 \begin_layout Enumerate
4691 \begin_layout Enumerate
4697 \begin_layout Enumerate
4703 \begin_layout Enumerate
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4718 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4719 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4720 table of contents, see section
4721 \begin_inset space ~
4725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4735 Changing the Numbering
4736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4738 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4746 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4747 in the Table of Contents.
4748 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4750 Certain classes start with
4764 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4774 This is something you can change.
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4786 \begin_inset Index idx
4789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset space ~
4809 you'll see two counters.
4814 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4816 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 Short Titles of Headings
4822 \begin_inset Index idx
4825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4826 Section headings ! Short titles
4835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4844 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4851 \begin_layout Standard
4852 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4853 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4854 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4855 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4858 \begin_layout Standard
4859 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4860 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4861 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4862 To specify a short title, use the menu
4864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4866 \begin_inset space ~
4872 This will insert a box labeled
4873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4888 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4889 This also works for captions inside floats.
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4901 The following information applies to all section headings:
4904 \begin_layout Itemize
4905 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4908 \begin_layout Itemize
4909 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4912 \begin_layout Itemize
4913 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4916 \begin_layout Itemize
4917 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4920 \begin_layout Subsection
4921 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4925 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4939 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4940 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4941 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4942 the text they contain.
4943 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4951 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4964 when you start a new paragraph.
4965 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4969 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4970 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4971 to change back to the
4975 environment yourself.
4978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4995 \begin_inset Index idx
4998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5008 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5009 time for the differences.
5018 are identical except for one difference:
5022 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5031 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5034 \begin_layout Standard
5035 Here's an example of the
5048 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5050 See – no indentation!
5054 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5055 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5056 the other paragraph.
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 Here's another example, this time in the
5067 \begin_layout Quotation
5073 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5074 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5075 the first line, then
5079 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5083 you were quoting other text.
5086 \begin_layout Quotation
5087 Here's a new paragraph.
5088 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5089 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 As the examples show,
5097 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5098 They should put quotes in the
5103 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5107 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5116 \begin_inset Index idx
5119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5152 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5158 \begin_inset Newline newline
5161 Which I did not rehearse!
5165 It could be much worse.
5166 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5168 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5169 indented a bit more than the first.
5170 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5176 \begin_inset Newline newline
5179 And make things look fine
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5186 arg "newline-insert newline"
5192 \begin_layout Standard
5197 does not indent both margins.
5198 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5199 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5206 arg "newline-insert newline"
5212 \begin_layout Subsection
5214 \begin_inset Index idx
5217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5244 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5253 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5254 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5255 some general features of all four of them.
5258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5265 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5274 reset the environment to
5278 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5279 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5280 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5284 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5287 to break paragraphs.
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5292 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5294 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5295 you read all of section
5296 \begin_inset space ~
5300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5302 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_inset Index idx
5319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5336 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5340 paragraph environment.
5341 It has the following properties:
5344 \begin_layout Itemize
5345 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5349 \begin_layout Itemize
5350 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5353 \begin_layout Itemize
5354 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5358 \begin_layout Itemize
5359 The items can have any length.
5360 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5361 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5373 environment inside another
5377 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5382 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5391 \begin_inset space ~
5395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5397 reference "sec:Nesting"
5401 for a full explanation of nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5406 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5415 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5420 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 The label for the first level
5428 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 The label for the second level is a dash.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5447 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 Back out to the third level.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 Back to the second level.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 Back to the outermost level.
5461 \begin_layout Standard
5462 These are the default labels for an
5467 You can customize these labels in the
5469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5472 dialog in the submenu
5479 \begin_inset Index idx
5482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5493 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5495 \begin_inset space ~
5499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5501 reference "sec:Nesting"
5508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5514 \begin_inset Index idx
5517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5526 name "sec:Enumerate"
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5538 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5539 It has these properties:
5542 \begin_layout Enumerate
5543 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5552 \begin_layout Enumerate
5553 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5556 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 environment resets the counter to one.
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5579 Items can have any length.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5595 \begin_layout Standard
5604 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5605 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 The first level of an
5617 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 Back to the third level
5646 \begin_layout Enumerate
5647 Back to the second level.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 Back to the outermost level.
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5656 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5661 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5666 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 There is more to nesting
5675 environments than we've stated here.
5676 You should read section
5677 \begin_inset space ~
5681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5683 reference "sec:Nesting"
5687 to learn more about nesting.
5690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5696 \begin_inset Index idx
5699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5709 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5713 list has no fixed label.
5714 Instead, LyX uses the first
5715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5722 of the first line as the label.
5726 \begin_layout Description
5727 Example: This is an example of the
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5739 \begin_layout Standard
5741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5748 it is meant that the first hit of the
5752 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5754 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5762 arg "space-insert protected"
5767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5776 \begin_inset space ~
5780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5782 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5786 for more info.) Here is an example:
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 \begin_inset space ~
5794 Example: This one shows how to use a
5797 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_layout Description
5810 Usage: You should use the
5814 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5815 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5817 It's not a good idea to use a
5821 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5822 You're better off using
5834 paragraphs into them.
5837 \begin_layout Description
5838 Nesting: You can nest
5842 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5847 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5848 them from the first line.
5851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5857 \begin_inset Index idx
5860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5874 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5886 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5891 environment is named
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5912 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5913 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5916 \begin_layout Labeling
5917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5922 labels LyX uses the first
5923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5930 of each line as the item label.
5935 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5936 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5937 blank as described above.
5940 \begin_layout Labeling
5941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5942 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5943 the body of the item text.
5944 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5945 label width plus a little extra space.
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5955 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5957 If the label width is larger, the label
5958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5965 into the first line.
5966 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5967 margin of the rest of the item text.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5976 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5981 environment have the same left margin.
5982 \begin_inset Newline newline
5985 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6004 determines the default label width.
6005 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6014 multiple times instead.
6015 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6024 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6027 \begin_inset space ~
6032 every time you alter a label in a
6037 \begin_inset Newline newline
6040 The predefined default width is the length of
6041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6054 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6062 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6063 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6076 environment the same way like the
6080 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6086 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6097 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6105 reference "sec:Nesting"
6109 to learn about nesting.
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6113 There is yet another feature of the
6117 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6119 You can use additional
6123 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6128 are documented in section
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6135 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6140 Here are some examples:
6141 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6147 \begin_layout Labeling
6148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6149 Left The default for
6156 \begin_layout Labeling
6157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6158 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6165 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6168 \begin_layout Labeling
6169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6181 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6184 \begin_layout Subsection
6186 \begin_inset Index idx
6189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6223 \begin_inset space ~
6229 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6230 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6231 In contrast, you can use the
6238 \begin_inset space ~
6243 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6244 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 Of course, you're not limited to using
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6270 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6271 some European academic papers.
6274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6278 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6290 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6291 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6295 \begin_inset space ~
6300 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6301 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6302 Here's an example of each:
6305 \begin_layout Right Address
6307 \begin_inset Newline newline
6311 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 \begin_inset Newline newline
6318 When is it? What is today?
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6325 \begin_inset space ~
6331 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6332 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6333 Here's an example of the
6340 \begin_layout Address
6342 \begin_inset Newline newline
6345 Where do I send this
6346 \begin_inset Newline newline
6349 Your post office and country
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6353 As you can see, both
6360 \begin_inset space ~
6365 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6370 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6376 This makes sense, since
6384 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6385 Thus, you have to use
6392 arg "newline-insert newline"
6398 \begin_inset space ~
6401 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6403 \begin_inset space ~
6412 menu) to start a new line in an
6419 \begin_inset space ~
6427 \begin_layout Subsection
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6433 or list of references.
6434 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6441 \begin_inset Index idx
6444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6458 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6459 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6460 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6461 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6465 in anything else or vice versa.
6471 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6472 The book document classes ignores the
6476 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6480 in a letter document class.
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6488 environment does several things for you.
6489 First, it puts the centered label
6490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6498 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6500 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6501 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6502 the subsequent text.
6503 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6504 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6508 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6512 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6513 The new paragraph will still be in the
6518 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6519 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6523 \begin_inset Float figure
6528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6530 \begin_inset Graphics
6531 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset Caption
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6544 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6566 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6570 environment, but since this document is in the
6571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6578 class, we can't do this.
6579 We inserted it therefore as figure
6580 \begin_inset space ~
6584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6586 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6591 If you've never heard of an
6592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6599 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6608 \begin_inset Index idx
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6620 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6627 \begin_layout Standard
6632 environment is used to list references.
6633 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6634 only use it at the end of the document.
6639 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6642 \begin_layout Standard
6643 When you first open a
6647 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6663 depending on the document class.
6664 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6665 Each paragraph of the
6669 environment is a bibliography entry.
6674 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6675 Each new paragraph is still in the
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6684 by using a BibTeX database.
6685 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6686 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6687 \begin_inset space ~
6691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6693 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6700 \begin_layout Subsection
6704 \begin_inset Index idx
6707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6708 Paragraph ! LyX code
6714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6728 environment is another LyX extension.
6729 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6734 key as a fixed whitespace;
6738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_inset space ~
6755 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6760 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6761 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6764 arg "newline-insert newline"
6781 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6782 So, when you finish using the
6786 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6787 Also, you can nest the
6791 environment inside of others.
6794 \begin_layout Standard
6795 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6802 arg "newline-insert newline"
6805 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6810 \begin_inset space \space{}
6820 arg "newline-insert newline"
6826 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 arg "newline-insert newline"
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6853 \begin_layout Itemize
6857 arg "space-insert protected"
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6865 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6866 You must put at least one
6870 in any line you want blank.
6871 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6875 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6879 since that will insert
6884 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6887 arg "self-insert \""
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6897 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6901 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6914 printf("Hello World!
6919 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6923 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 This is just the standard
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6945 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6946 rc-files, and so on.
6947 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6948 as if you used a typewriter.
6949 \begin_inset Index idx
6952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6953 Paragraph environments|)
6961 \begin_layout Section
6962 Nesting Environments
6963 \begin_inset Index idx
6966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6967 Nesting ! Environments
6973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6982 \begin_layout Subsection
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6989 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6991 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6993 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7005 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 \begin_layout Enumerate
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7018 \begin_layout Enumerate
7023 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7029 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7032 \begin_inset space ~
7036 \begin_inset space ~
7044 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_inset space ~
7057 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7058 will tell you how far you are nested).
7059 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7060 \begin_inset Graphics
7061 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7066 \begin_inset Graphics
7067 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7071 or the convenient key bindings
7082 arg "depth-increment"
7088 arg "depth-decrement"
7091 to change the nesting level.
7092 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7093 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7099 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7100 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7101 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7106 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7108 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7111 \begin_layout Subsection
7112 What You Can and Can't Nest
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7116 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7117 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7120 \begin_layout Standard
7121 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7122 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7123 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7126 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 Completely unnestable
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7142 environments have them:
7145 \begin_layout Description
7146 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7147 Can't nest into them.
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_layout Itemize
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 \begin_layout Description
7184 \begin_inset space ~
7187 Nestable You can nest them.
7188 You can nest other things into them.
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_layout Description
7242 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7243 You can't nest anything into them.
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7253 \begin_layout Itemize
7259 \begin_layout Itemize
7265 \begin_layout Itemize
7271 \begin_layout Itemize
7277 \begin_layout Itemize
7283 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Itemize
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7329 \begin_inset space ~
7335 \begin_layout Itemize
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7351 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7360 \begin_inset space ~
7364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7368 \begin_inset space \space{}
7371 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7372 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7373 section headings violate this.
7381 \begin_layout Subsection
7382 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7383 \begin_inset Index idx
7386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7395 \begin_layout Standard
7396 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7397 affected by nesting anyhow.
7401 \begin_layout Itemize
7405 \begin_layout Itemize
7409 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 Figures and tables in
7427 are not affected by this.
7432 Have a look at section
7433 \begin_inset space ~
7437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7439 reference "sec:Floats"
7443 for more information about
7450 \begin_layout Standard
7451 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7452 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7456 \begin_layout Standard
7457 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 of its own, it behaves just like a
7466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7473 paragraph environment.
7474 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7478 \begin_layout Standard
7479 Here's an example with a table:
7482 \begin_layout Enumerate
7487 \begin_layout Enumerate
7488 This is (a) and it's nested.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7501 \begin_inset Tabular
7502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7503 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7590 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7599 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7603 \begin_layout Enumerate
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7611 \begin_layout Enumerate
7616 \begin_layout Enumerate
7617 This is (a) and it's nested.
7621 \begin_layout Standard
7622 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7628 \begin_layout Standard
7630 \begin_inset Tabular
7631 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7632 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7718 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7725 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 \begin_layout Standard
7740 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7747 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7750 \begin_layout Enumerate
7755 \begin_layout Enumerate
7756 This is (a) and it's nested.
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7768 \begin_inset Tabular
7769 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7770 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7873 \begin_layout Enumerate
7877 \begin_layout Standard
7878 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7884 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7885 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7889 \begin_layout Subsection
7890 Usage and General Features
7893 \begin_layout Standard
7894 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7903 is the innermost possible depth.
7904 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7907 \begin_layout Enumerate
7908 level #1 – outermost
7912 \begin_layout Enumerate
7917 \begin_layout Enumerate
7922 \begin_layout Enumerate
7927 \begin_layout Itemize
7932 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7943 both of them in the example.
7944 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7954 For example, if we tried to nest another
7959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7966 , we would get errors.
7969 \begin_layout Subsection
7971 \begin_inset Index idx
7974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7984 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7985 We have several examples of nested environments.
7986 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7991 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7994 \begin_layout Labeling
7995 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8005 \begin_layout Labeling
8006 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 #2-a This is level #2.
8008 We created it by using
8011 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8017 arg "depth-increment"
8024 \begin_layout Labeling
8025 \labelwidthstring MMM
8026 #3-a This is level #3.
8027 This time, we just hit
8034 arg "depth-increment"
8038 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8042 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8048 arg "depth-increment"
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8060 environment, nested inside of
8061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8069 So, it's at level #4.
8070 We did this by hitting
8073 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8079 arg "depth-increment"
8082 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8087 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8111 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8117 \begin_layout Labeling
8118 \labelwidthstring MMM
8119 #4-a This is level #4.
8123 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8126 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8131 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8135 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8140 keep nesting things inside
8141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 \begin_layout Labeling
8153 \labelwidthstring MMM
8154 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8159 \begin_layout Labeling
8160 \labelwidthstring MMM
8161 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8162 and this is level #6.
8163 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8167 \begin_layout Labeling
8168 \labelwidthstring MMM
8169 #5-b Back to level #5.
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-decrement"
8186 \begin_layout Labeling
8187 \labelwidthstring MMM
8191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8197 arg "depth-decrement"
8200 , we're back at level #4.
8204 \begin_layout Labeling
8205 \labelwidthstring MMM
8206 #3-b Back to level #3.
8207 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8211 \begin_layout Labeling
8212 \labelwidthstring MMM
8213 #2-b Back to level #2.
8218 \begin_layout Labeling
8219 \labelwidthstring MMM
8220 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8221 After this sentence, we'll hit
8225 and change the paragraph environment back to
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 We could have also used the
8249 environment in place of the
8254 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8258 Example 2: Inheritance
8261 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8262 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8265 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8274 arg "depth-increment"
8277 , after which, we'll change to the
8285 \begin_layout Enumerate
8290 environment, at level #2.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Notice how the nested
8298 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8302 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8307 We ended this example by hitting
8312 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8316 and reset the nesting depth by using
8319 arg "depth-decrement"
8325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8326 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8339 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8347 \begin_layout Enumerate
8348 This is level #1, in an
8352 paragraph environment.
8353 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8368 arg "depth-increment"
8372 Now, what happens if we nest an
8376 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8377 label be? An asterisk?
8381 \begin_layout Itemize
8391 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8392 So, its label is a bullet.
8393 (We got here by using
8396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8402 arg "depth-increment"
8405 , then changing the environment to
8413 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 Here's level #4, produced using
8417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8423 arg "depth-increment"
8427 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8432 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8435 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8440 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8444 , because we are in the
8453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8477 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8478 type of numbering does LyX use?
8481 \begin_layout Enumerate
8482 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8485 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8488 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8495 arg "depth-decrement"
8498 to decrease the depth after the next
8501 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8510 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8514 \begin_layout Enumerate
8516 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8517 numeral as the label.Why?
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8521 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8530 Notice, however, that LyX
8534 reset the counter for the label.
8538 \begin_layout Enumerate
8542 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8548 arg "depth-decrement"
8551 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8552 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8553 into the twofold-nested
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8562 The same thing happens if we do another
8565 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8571 arg "depth-decrement"
8574 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8583 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8597 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8603 The same rule applies for the
8607 environment, as well.
8610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8611 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8616 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8617 same detail with how we did it.
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8634 arg "depth-increment"
8641 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8642 example in parentheses someplace.
8643 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8644 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8645 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8659 Now we'll add verse.
8660 \begin_inset Newline newline
8663 It will get much worse.
8664 \begin_inset Newline newline
8674 arg "depth-increment"
8685 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8686 \begin_inset Newline newline
8689 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8696 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8710 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8716 \begin_layout Standard
8718 \begin_inset Tabular
8719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8720 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8811 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8821 arg "depth-increment"
8827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8837 arg "depth-decrement"
8844 \begin_layout Enumerate
8849 : level #1) This is another item.
8850 Note that selecting a
8854 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8855 3 times to put the table inside the
8863 \begin_layout Quotation
8864 We're now ending the
8868 list and changing to
8873 We're still at level #1.
8874 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8875 The next set of paragraphs is a
8876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8890 \begin_inset space ~
8895 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8899 for the letter body.
8903 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8906 to preserve the depth.
8907 Remember that you need to use
8910 arg "newline-insert newline"
8913 to create multiple lines inside the
8920 \begin_inset space ~
8930 \begin_layout Right Address
8932 \begin_inset Newline newline
8935 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8942 \begin_layout Address
8944 \begin_inset space ~
8950 \begin_layout Quotation
8951 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8955 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8956 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8957 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8958 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8959 as soon as possible.
8960 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8963 \begin_layout Quotation
8964 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8965 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8966 with your order, along with payment.
8969 \begin_layout Quotation
8970 We thank you again for your patience.
8973 \begin_layout Address
8975 \begin_inset Newline newline
8982 \begin_layout Quotation
8983 That ends that example!
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8988 just a few keystrokes.
8989 We could have easily nested an
9010 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9013 \begin_layout Section
9014 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9015 \begin_inset Index idx
9018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9027 \begin_layout Standard
9028 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9029 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9030 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9031 be broken at the end of a line.
9032 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9060 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9064 Further documentation is given in section
9065 \begin_inset Newline newline
9069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9071 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9095 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9104 A protected space is set with
9106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9107 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9121 arg "space-insert protected"
9127 \begin_layout Subsection
9129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9131 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9136 \begin_inset Index idx
9139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9140 Spacing ! Horizontal
9148 \begin_layout Standard
9149 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 The length units are listed in Appendix
9157 \begin_inset space ~
9161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9163 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9174 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9179 \begin_inset Index idx
9182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9191 \begin_layout Standard
9193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9197 \begin_inset space \space{}
9200 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9201 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9202 \begin_inset space ~
9206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9208 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9213 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9214 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9217 arg "space-insert normal"
9223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9227 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9232 \begin_inset Index idx
9235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9244 \begin_layout Standard
9246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9253 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9262 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9263 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9264 inside abbreviations:
9269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9273 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 or between values and units.
9278 Compare for example this:
9279 \begin_inset Newline newline
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9287 \begin_inset Newline newline
9293 \begin_layout Standard
9294 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9307 arg "space-insert thin"
9313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9317 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9328 \begin_layout Description
9330 \begin_inset space ~
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9342 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9346 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9349 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9352 \begin_layout Description
9354 \begin_inset space ~
9358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9366 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9370 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 em) space between the arrows.
9380 \begin_layout Description
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9390 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9394 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9398 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9409 em) space between the arrows.
9412 \begin_layout Description
9414 \begin_inset space ~
9418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9422 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9426 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9430 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9434 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9441 em) space between the arrows.
9444 \begin_layout Description
9446 \begin_inset space ~
9450 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9454 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9459 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 cm space between the arrows.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9471 \begin_inset space ~
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9477 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9481 lists the different space sizes.
9484 \begin_layout Standard
9485 \begin_inset Float table
9490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_inset Caption
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9497 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9501 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset Tabular
9512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9513 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9738 \begin_inset Index idx
9741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9751 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9752 in a uniform fashion.
9753 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9754 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9755 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9756 equally between themselves.
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9761 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9766 This is on the left side
9767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9770 This is on the right
9776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9789 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 That was an example in the
9810 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9814 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9821 is one in a standard paragraph.
9822 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9826 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9833 \begin_inset space ~
9838 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9843 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9855 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9859 \begin_inset space ~
9865 \begin_layout Standard
9867 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9871 \begin_inset space ~
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9879 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9883 \begin_inset space ~
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9922 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9926 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9927 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9928 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9932 option in the space dialog.
9940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9942 \begin_inset Index idx
9945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9955 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9961 \begin_inset space \space{}
9964 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9968 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9971 What is correct English?:
9972 \begin_inset Newline newline
9976 \begin_inset Newline newline
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9983 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9984 \begin_inset Newline newline
9991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 \begin_inset Newline newline
10009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10020 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10026 \begin_layout Standard
10027 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10032 \begin_inset space ~
10036 \begin_inset space ~
10040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10044 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10062 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
10066 for more information about TeX-Code.
10072 In our case write the command
10079 (note the space after
10080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10087 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
10088 The command prints out the phrase within the two braces, but invisible.
10089 That is why it is named
10090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10102 There exists also the commands
10114 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
10115 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
10116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
10118 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10134 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10139 \begin_inset Index idx
10142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10152 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10157 \begin_inset space ~
10163 There you find the following sizes:
10166 \begin_layout Standard
10179 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10184 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10190 \begin_inset Index idx
10193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10194 Document ! Settings
10199 for the paragraph separation.
10200 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10217 \begin_inset Index idx
10220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10226 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10227 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10229 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10230 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10239 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10248 s are described in section
10249 \begin_inset space ~
10253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10255 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10264 If there are several
10268 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10269 You can therefore use
10273 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10276 \begin_layout Standard
10281 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10288 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10295 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10306 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10307 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10319 \begin_layout Subsection
10320 Paragraph Alignment
10323 \begin_layout Standard
10324 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10326 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10330 There are five possibilities:
10333 \begin_layout Itemize
10341 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10347 \begin_layout Itemize
10355 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10361 \begin_layout Itemize
10369 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10375 \begin_layout Itemize
10383 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10389 \begin_layout Itemize
10397 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10405 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10406 the left and right margins.
10407 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10410 \begin_layout Standard
10412 This paragraph is right aligned,
10415 \begin_layout Standard
10417 this one is centered,
10420 \begin_layout Standard
10422 this one is left aligned.
10425 \begin_layout Subsection
10427 \begin_inset Index idx
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10431 Page breaks ! Forced
10437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10439 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10447 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10448 can force a page break where you want one.
10449 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10450 Only if you use a lot of
10454 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10457 \begin_layout Standard
10458 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10459 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10463 have to change the page breaking.
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10467 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10469 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10472 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10474 \begin_inset space ~
10480 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10485 \begin_inset space ~
10490 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10492 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10493 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10496 \begin_layout Standard
10497 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10498 at the top of a page.
10499 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10500 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10501 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10502 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10506 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10510 to learn more about
10517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10521 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10526 \begin_inset Index idx
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10530 Page breaks ! Clear
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10539 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10540 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10541 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10542 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10543 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10546 \begin_layout Standard
10547 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10550 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10552 \begin_inset space ~
10558 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 \begin_inset space ~
10567 \begin_inset space ~
10572 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10573 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10576 \begin_layout Subsection
10578 \begin_inset Index idx
10581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10590 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10597 \begin_layout Standard
10598 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10600 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10603 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10605 \begin_inset space ~
10609 \begin_inset space ~
10617 arg "newline-insert newline"
10621 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10624 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10626 \begin_inset space ~
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10635 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10637 This is necessary to avoid
10638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10645 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10649 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10650 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10651 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10652 set a line break, e.
10653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10657 \begin_inset space \space{}
10660 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10661 \begin_inset space ~
10665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10667 reference "sec:Quote"
10672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10674 reference "sec:Verse"
10679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10681 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10688 \begin_layout Subsection
10690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10692 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10697 \begin_inset Index idx
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10709 \begin_layout Standard
10714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10715 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10717 \begin_inset space ~
10722 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10728 \begin_layout Section
10729 Characters and Symbols
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10733 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10734 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10739 \begin_inset space \space{}
10742 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10750 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10754 for information on how this is done.
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10758 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10763 dialog via the menu
10765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10766 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10782 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10783 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10791 \begin_layout Section
10792 Fonts and Text Styles
10793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10795 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10802 \begin_layout Subsection
10804 \begin_inset Index idx
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10817 There are two types of fonts:
10820 \begin_layout Description
10822 \begin_inset space ~
10826 \begin_inset Index idx
10829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10840 characters) in the font.
10841 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10842 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10843 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10844 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10845 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10846 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10847 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10848 \begin_inset Newline newline
10851 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10852 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10853 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10854 sizes than at small ones.
10855 \begin_inset Newline newline
10869 \begin_inset space ~
10877 \begin_layout Description
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_inset Index idx
10886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10892 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10893 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10894 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10895 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10896 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10897 picture manipulation program.
10898 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10899 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10900 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10901 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10902 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10904 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10905 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10906 \begin_inset Newline newline
10909 Bitmap fonts are named
10912 \begin_inset space ~
10917 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10922 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10923 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10924 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10925 use scalable fonts.
10928 \begin_layout Standard
10929 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10930 its document properties.
10933 \begin_layout Standard
10934 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10935 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10936 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10937 font to emphasize text, you use an
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10946 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10947 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10951 \begin_layout Subsection
10952 Document Font and Font size
10953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10955 name "sub:Document-Font"
10960 \begin_inset Index idx
10963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10970 \begin_inset Index idx
10973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 You can set the document fonts in the
10985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10989 \begin_inset Index idx
10992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10993 Document ! Settings
10999 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11000 font shapes roman (serif),
11003 \begin_inset space ~
11015 \begin_layout Standard
11016 The possible options for the font include
11020 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11025 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11047 European Computer Modern
11050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11060 \begin_layout Standard
11069 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11070 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11075 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11078 \begin_inset space ~
11083 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11089 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11090 There are three ways to use one:
11093 \begin_layout Itemize
11094 One way is to use the
11104 Virtual means that it
11105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11116 -glyphs from other fonts.
11117 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11139 Loading the LaTeX-package
11144 \begin_inset Index idx
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11153 with the document preamble line
11154 \begin_inset Newline newline
11161 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11162 \begin_inset Newline newline
11167 will fix the guillemet problem.
11172 and that accented characters are not
11176 glyph, they are build of
11180 characters, the accent and the letter.
11181 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11185 fonts for words with accented characters.
11186 If you search for example for the French word
11187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11194 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11203 and not for the glyph
11204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11208 \begin_inset space ~
11212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11218 \begin_layout Itemize
11219 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11232 , consist of these three main font types
11235 \begin_inset space ~
11264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11268 \begin_inset space ~
11275 as typewriter font.
11276 \begin_inset Newline newline
11279 The differences between roman,
11282 \begin_inset space ~
11291 fonts are explained in section
11292 \begin_inset space ~
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11303 \begin_inset Newline newline
11310 was originally designed for newspapers.
11311 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11312 into the small newspaper columns.
11317 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11320 \begin_layout Itemize
11321 The best solution is to use the
11330 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11334 as the default font.
11335 In most cases they look the same as
11343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11344 One difference is improved kerning for the
11357 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11368 \begin_layout Standard
11369 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11372 For the font size there are four possible values:
11389 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11392 \begin_layout Standard
11393 The font sizes are the
11398 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11399 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11400 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11403 \begin_inset space ~
11409 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11410 \begin_inset space ~
11414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11416 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11428 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11429 a font to display the script characters.
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11439 So this has no effect for the document language
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11460 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11472 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11473 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11474 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11479 dialog, see section
11480 \begin_inset space ~
11484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11486 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11498 \begin_layout Subsection
11499 Using Different Character Styles
11500 \begin_inset Index idx
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11510 \begin_inset Index idx
11513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11522 \begin_layout Standard
11523 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11524 certain paragraph environments.
11525 LyX supports two character styles,
11534 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11543 style, do one of the following:
11546 \begin_layout Itemize
11547 click on the toolbar button
11548 \begin_inset Graphics
11549 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11556 \begin_layout Itemize
11557 use the key binding
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 These commands are all toggles.
11572 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11576 One typically uses the
11580 style for proper names.
11582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11589 is the original author of LyX.
11590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 \begin_layout Standard
11597 A more widely used character style is the
11602 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11609 \begin_layout Itemize
11610 clicking on the toolbar button
11611 \begin_inset Graphics
11612 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11619 \begin_layout Itemize
11620 using the keybindings
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11634 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11635 es use a different font.
11638 \begin_layout Standard
11639 We've been using the
11643 style all over the place in this document.
11644 Here's one more example:
11647 \begin_layout Quotation
11650 Don't overuse character styles!
11653 \begin_layout Standard
11654 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11655 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11656 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11657 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11661 \begin_layout Standard
11662 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11670 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_layout Subsection
11681 Fine-Tuning with the
11686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11688 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11693 \begin_inset Index idx
11696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11705 \begin_layout Standard
11706 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11707 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11708 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11709 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11710 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11711 from ordinary dialog.
11714 \begin_layout Standard
11715 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11716 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11717 \begin_inset Newline newline
11720 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11721 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11724 \begin_layout Standard
11725 To use custom character styles, open the
11727 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11729 \begin_inset space ~
11735 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11736 font property which you can choose.
11737 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11740 \begin_inset space ~
11745 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11750 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11751 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11752 environments in a snap.
11755 \begin_layout Standard
11756 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11759 \begin_inset space ~
11771 \begin_layout Labeling
11772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11786 The possible options are:
11790 \begin_layout Labeling
11791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11796 This is the Roman font family.
11797 Normally a serif font.
11798 It's also the default family.
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11813 \begin_inset space ~
11820 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11832 \begin_layout Labeling
11833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11840 This is the Typewriter font family.
11846 arg "font-typewriter"
11855 \begin_layout Labeling
11856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11861 This corresponds to the print weight.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 This is the Medium font series.
11873 It's also the default series.
11876 \begin_layout Labeling
11877 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11884 This is the Bold font series.
11897 \begin_layout Labeling
11898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11903 As the name implies.
11908 \begin_layout Labeling
11909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11914 This is the Upright font shape.
11915 It's also the default shape.
11918 \begin_layout Labeling
11919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11933 s the Italic font shape
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11947 This is the Slanted font shape
11949 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11952 \begin_layout Labeling
11953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11964 This is the Small caps font shape
11971 \begin_layout Labeling
11972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 Alters the size of the font.
11978 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11979 nal to the document font size.
11980 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11981 what you want to do.
11986 \begin_layout Labeling
11987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12008 arg "font-size tiny"
12014 \begin_layout Labeling
12015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12036 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12042 \begin_layout Labeling
12043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12064 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12070 \begin_layout Labeling
12071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12092 arg "font-size small"
12098 \begin_layout Labeling
12099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12113 It's also the default size.
12117 arg "font-size normal"
12123 \begin_layout Labeling
12124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12145 arg "font-size large"
12151 \begin_layout Labeling
12152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12173 arg "font-size larger"
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12201 arg "font-size largest"
12207 \begin_layout Labeling
12208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12229 arg "font-size huge"
12235 \begin_layout Labeling
12236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12257 arg "font-size giant"
12264 \begin_layout Standard
12269 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12270 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12271 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12272 — use that instead.
12273 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12276 \begin_layout Labeling
12277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12282 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12287 \begin_layout Labeling
12288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12295 This is text with emphasize on
12298 This might seem like the same as
12302 , but it is actually a bit different.
12308 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12310 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12313 \begin_layout Labeling
12314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12321 This is text with Underbar on.
12327 arg "font-underline"
12333 \begin_inset Newline newline
12338 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12339 when you couldn't change fonts.
12340 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12341 It's only included in LyX because some people
12345 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12348 \begin_layout Labeling
12349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12356 This is text with Noun on.
12363 , this is a logical attribute.
12364 Normally it's equivalent to
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12376 \begin_layout Labeling
12377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12382 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12383 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12387 \begin_inset space ~
12392 , which is the default
12393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12400 and means normally black, you can choose between
12433 \begin_inset Index idx
12436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12445 \begin_layout Labeling
12446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12451 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12452 the language of the document.
12453 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12459 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12461 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12463 \begin_inset space ~
12468 dialog, the settings are saved.
12469 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12470 \begin_inset Graphics
12471 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12476 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12477 when the dialog isn't visible.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12489 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12490 (suppose you just set the shape to
12491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12509 \begin_inset space ~
12521 \begin_layout Standard
12522 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12530 \begin_inset space ~
12542 \begin_layout Itemize
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12573 \begin_inset Newline newline
12580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12605 \begin_inset Note Note
12608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12609 For more on phantoms see section
12610 \begin_inset space ~
12614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12616 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12626 \begin_inset Newline newline
12632 \begin_layout Itemize
12637 fonts use characters with serifs.
12638 These are the small
12639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12646 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12647 The following example will show the difference:
12648 \begin_inset Newline newline
12652 \begin_inset Newline newline
12657 text without serifs
12660 \begin_inset Newline newline
12663 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12664 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12671 \begin_layout Itemize
12677 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12678 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12681 \begin_layout Standard
12682 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12683 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12686 \begin_layout Section
12687 Printing and Previewing
12690 \begin_layout Subsection
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12696 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12697 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12698 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12699 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12701 Additional Features
12706 \begin_layout Standard
12707 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12708 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12709 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12710 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12711 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12712 This happens in two stages:
12715 \begin_layout Enumerate
12716 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12717 generating a file with the extension,
12718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 \begin_layout Enumerate
12733 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12737 file to produce printable output.
12741 \begin_layout Subsection
12742 Output file formats
12743 \begin_inset Index idx
12746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12755 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12768 File formats ! ASCII
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 This file type has the extension
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12790 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12794 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12804 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12805 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12813 \begin_inset Index idx
12816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12817 File formats ! LaTeX
12825 \begin_layout Standard
12826 This file type has the extension
12827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12840 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12841 it manually with console commands.
12842 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12843 you view or export your document.
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12849 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12850 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12869 \begin_inset Index idx
12872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12881 \begin_layout Standard
12882 This file type has the extension
12883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12903 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12904 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12905 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12911 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12912 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12913 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12915 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12918 \begin_layout Standard
12919 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12922 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12930 \begin_inset Index idx
12933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12934 File formats ! PostScript
12942 \begin_layout Standard
12943 This file type has the extension
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 PostScript was developed by the company
12960 as a printer language.
12961 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12963 PostScript can be seen as a
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12967 programming language
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12971 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12976 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12982 \begin_inset Index idx
12985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12986 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12996 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12999 \begin_layout Standard
13000 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13004 Encapsulated PostScript
13005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13008 (EPS, file extension
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13022 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13027 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13031 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13032 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13033 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13034 EPS to avoid this problem.
13037 \begin_layout Standard
13038 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13040 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13041 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13049 \begin_inset Index idx
13052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13059 \begin_inset Index idx
13062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13071 \begin_layout Standard
13072 This file type has the extension
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13089 Portable Document Format
13090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13097 was derived from PostScript.
13098 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13107 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13108 looks exactly the same.
13111 \begin_layout Standard
13112 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13116 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13120 (JPG, file extension
13121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13148 Portable Network Graphics
13149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13152 (PNG, file extension
13153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13165 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13166 in the background to one of these formats.
13167 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13168 will slow down your workflow.
13169 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13172 \begin_layout Standard
13173 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13175 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13178 in three different ways:
13181 \begin_layout Description
13182 PDF This uses the program
13186 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13187 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13191 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13192 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13195 \begin_layout Description
13197 \begin_inset space ~
13200 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13204 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13208 \begin_layout Description
13210 \begin_inset space ~
13213 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13217 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13221 We recommend to use
13224 \begin_inset space ~
13233 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13234 works without problems.
13239 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13244 \begin_inset Index idx
13247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13248 FileFormats ! XHTML
13254 \begin_inset Index idx
13257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13266 \begin_layout Standard
13267 This file type has the extension
13268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13280 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13281 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13282 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13283 suitable for the purpose.
13284 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13285 it, but not all do.
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 XHTML output remains
13290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13302 LyX and the World Wide Web
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13308 Additional Features
13310 manual, for more information.
13313 \begin_layout Standard
13314 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13316 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13317 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13323 \begin_layout Subsection
13325 \begin_inset Index idx
13328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13337 \begin_layout Standard
13338 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13339 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13343 and choose a file type.
13344 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13347 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13350 you can use the toolbar button
13351 \begin_inset Graphics
13352 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13359 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13364 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13366 \begin_inset space ~
13372 \begin_inset Graphics
13373 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13379 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13383 \begin_inset Graphics
13384 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13391 arg "buffer-view ps"
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13399 viewer window using the menu
13401 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13407 \begin_layout Standard
13408 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13410 To have a real output, export your document.
13413 \begin_layout Subsection
13414 Printing the File from within LyX
13415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13417 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13424 \begin_layout Standard
13425 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13426 it directly from within LyX.
13427 To print a file, select the menu
13429 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13432 or click on the toolbar button
13433 \begin_inset Graphics
13434 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13439 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13440 This file is then processed by the program
13444 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13449 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13452 \begin_layout Standard
13453 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13454 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13455 printing one set to print on the other side.
13456 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13457 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13458 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13461 \begin_layout Standard
13462 You can set the parameters in the
13465 \begin_inset space ~
13473 \begin_layout Labeling
13474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13479 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13484 Note that this printer name is for the program
13493 has to be configured for this printer name.
13494 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13495 \begin_inset space ~
13499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13501 reference "sub:Printer"
13510 The printer should understand PostScript.
13513 \begin_layout Labeling
13514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13519 The name of a file to print to.
13520 The output will be a PostScript file.
13521 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13525 \begin_layout Section
13526 A few Words about Typography
13527 \begin_inset Index idx
13530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13539 \begin_layout Subsection
13541 \begin_inset Index idx
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13553 \begin_layout Standard
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 character comes in four lengths: the
13578 , and the minus sign:
13579 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13585 \begin_layout Standard
13586 \begin_inset Tabular
13587 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13588 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13589 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13590 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13591 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13592 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13621 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13661 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13688 \begin_inset space ~
13691 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13725 \begin_inset space ~
13728 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13749 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13783 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13802 character multiple times in a row.
13803 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13804 the final output, but not in LyX.
13806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13838 math mode and has a length of its own.
13839 Here are some examples of the
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13854 \begin_layout Enumerate
13855 line- and page-breaks
13856 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13866 \begin_layout Enumerate
13868 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13878 \begin_layout Enumerate
13879 Oh — there's a dash.
13880 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13890 \begin_layout Enumerate
13891 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13905 \begin_layout Subsection
13907 \begin_inset Index idx
13910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13919 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13926 \begin_layout Standard
13927 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13928 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13933 \begin_inset Index idx
13936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13942 following the rules of the document language
13946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13947 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13955 \begin_inset space ~
13959 \begin_inset space ~
13966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13978 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13983 font and with unusual constructs, like
13984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13992 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13993 This is done with the menu
13995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13996 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13998 \begin_inset space ~
14004 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14005 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14009 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
14010 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14020 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14028 as hyphenation possibility.
14029 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14030 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
14031 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
14037 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
14038 As LyX doesn't support
14044 , you have to use TeX Code.
14045 The result looks in LyX like:
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 \begin_inset Graphics
14050 filename clipart/mbox.png
14057 \begin_layout Standard
14058 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14059 \begin_inset space ~
14063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14065 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14072 \begin_layout Subsection
14074 \begin_inset Index idx
14077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14087 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14090 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14097 \begin_layout Standard
14098 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14099 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14100 LaTeX then adds the
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 appropriate amount of space
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14111 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14114 \begin_layout Standard
14115 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14116 not work in all cases.
14118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14130 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14133 \begin_layout Standard
14134 Here are some examples of
14138 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14141 \begin_layout Itemize
14146 \begin_layout Itemize
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14152 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14155 \begin_layout Itemize
14157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14161 this is too much space!
14164 \begin_layout Itemize
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14177 \begin_layout Enumerate
14181 \begin_inset space ~
14186 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14187 \begin_inset space ~
14191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14193 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14198 \begin_inset Index idx
14201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 Spaces ! inter-word
14210 \begin_layout Enumerate
14214 \begin_inset space ~
14219 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14220 \begin_inset space ~
14224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14226 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14231 \begin_inset Index idx
14234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14243 \begin_layout Enumerate
14247 \begin_inset space ~
14251 \begin_inset space ~
14255 \begin_inset space ~
14262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14264 \begin_inset space ~
14269 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14270 This function is also bound to
14273 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14283 \begin_layout Itemize
14285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14289 \begin_inset space \space{}
14292 this is too much space!
14295 \begin_layout Itemize
14296 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14302 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14303 will take care of this.
14306 \begin_layout Standard
14307 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14311 \begin_inset space ~
14316 feature described in section
14322 Additional Features
14327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14329 \begin_inset Index idx
14332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14333 Typography ! Quotes
14339 \begin_inset Index idx
14342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14373 \begin_layout Standard
14374 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14375 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14376 and use a closing quote at the end.
14378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14386 The keyboard character,
14390 , generates this automatically.
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 You can change the behavior of the
14398 key using the submenu
14404 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14408 \begin_inset Index idx
14411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 Document ! Settings
14420 \begin_layout Standard
14421 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14426 There are six choices:
14429 \begin_layout Labeling
14430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14442 Use quotes like this
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 \begin_inset Quotes els
14455 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14461 \begin_layout Labeling
14462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14465 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14469 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14475 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14479 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14483 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14489 \begin_layout Labeling
14490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14493 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14497 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14503 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14507 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14511 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14515 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14521 \begin_layout Labeling
14522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14525 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14529 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14535 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14543 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14547 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14553 \begin_layout Labeling
14554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14557 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14561 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14567 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14571 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14575 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14579 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14585 \begin_layout Labeling
14586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14589 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14593 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14599 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14603 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14607 \begin_inset Quotes als
14611 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14617 \begin_layout Standard
14618 These settings affect what character the
14625 \begin_layout Subsection
14627 \begin_inset Index idx
14630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14631 Typography ! Ligatures
14637 \begin_inset Index idx
14640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14671 name "sub:Ligatures"
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14680 print them as single characters.
14681 These groups are known as
14686 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14688 Here are the standard ligatures:
14691 \begin_layout Itemize
14695 \begin_layout Itemize
14699 \begin_layout Itemize
14703 \begin_layout Itemize
14707 \begin_layout Itemize
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14715 \begin_layout Standard
14716 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14717 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14741 To break a ligature, use
14743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14744 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14781 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14789 \begin_layout Subsection
14791 \begin_inset Index idx
14794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14803 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14810 \begin_layout Standard
14811 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14812 characters in different sizes and heights.
14813 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14814 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14834 \begin_inset Note Note
14837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14838 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14846 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14847 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14852 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14856 \begin_layout Description
14857 LyX The name of the game, write
14858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14879 \begin_layout Description
14880 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14902 \begin_layout Description
14903 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14925 \begin_layout Description
14926 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14954 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14962 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14963 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14964 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14967 : The actual version is
14968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14975 , the previous one was
14976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14986 \begin_layout Standard
14987 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14992 \begin_inset space \space{}
14995 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14997 This will look in LyX like:
14998 \begin_inset Graphics
14999 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15005 \begin_inset Newline newline
15008 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15009 \begin_inset space ~
15013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15015 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15022 \begin_layout Subsection
15024 \begin_inset Index idx
15027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15038 space between two words.
15039 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15049 for units use the menu
15051 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15052 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15062 arg "space-insert thin"
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15069 Here's an example to show the differences:
15072 \begin_layout Standard
15073 \begin_inset Tabular
15074 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15075 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15076 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15077 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15084 \begin_inset space ~
15088 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15100 space between number and unit
15107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15116 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15128 half space between number and unit
15141 \begin_layout Subsection
15143 \begin_inset Index idx
15146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15147 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15158 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15159 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15160 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15161 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15162 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15163 These bits of text became known as
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15175 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15176 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15177 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15178 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15179 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15180 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15181 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15184 \begin_layout Standard
15185 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15186 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15187 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15188 \begin_inset space ~
15192 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15194 key "latexcompanion"
15199 \begin_inset space ~
15203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15209 ] may have more information.
15210 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15213 \begin_layout Chapter
15214 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15217 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15225 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15230 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15233 \begin_layout Section
15235 \begin_inset Index idx
15238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15255 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15258 \begin_layout Description
15260 \begin_inset space ~
15263 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15264 \begin_inset Newline newline
15268 \begin_inset Note Note
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15280 \begin_layout Description
15281 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15282 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15284 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15285 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15286 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15289 \begin_inset Newline newline
15293 \begin_inset Note Comment
15296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15297 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15305 \begin_layout Description
15307 \begin_inset space ~
15310 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15311 \begin_inset Newline newline
15315 \begin_inset Newline newline
15319 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15328 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15329 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15330 How this can be done is explained in the
15339 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15345 \begin_inset Newline newline
15349 \begin_inset Newline newline
15352 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15353 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15356 \begin_layout Standard
15357 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15358 \begin_inset Graphics
15359 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15361 scaleBeforeRotation
15367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15371 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15374 \begin_layout Section
15376 \begin_inset Index idx
15379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15388 name "sec:Footnotes"
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15396 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15402 or the toolbar button
15403 \begin_inset Graphics
15404 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15417 \begin_inset Graphics
15418 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15427 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15456 label, the box will
15460 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15461 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15474 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 Here's an example footnote:
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15500 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15509 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15510 position where the footnote box is placed.
15511 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15512 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15513 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15514 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15515 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15520 ey are described in the
15527 \begin_layout Section
15529 \begin_inset Index idx
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15541 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15548 \begin_layout Standard
15549 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15550 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15554 \begin_inset space ~
15559 or the toolbar button
15560 \begin_inset Graphics
15561 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15588 appearing within your text.
15589 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15599 At the side is an example marginal note.
15603 \begin_inset Marginal
15606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15607 This is a marginal note.
15615 \begin_layout Standard
15616 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15617 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15618 pages, right on odd pages.
15621 \begin_layout Section
15622 Graphics and Images
15623 \begin_inset Index idx
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 \begin_inset Index idx
15636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15645 name "sec:Graphics"
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15653 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15654 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15655 \begin_inset Graphics
15656 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15666 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15675 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15676 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15678 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15679 \begin_inset space ~
15683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15685 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15697 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15698 of the image in the output.
15699 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15703 \begin_inset space ~
15707 \begin_inset space ~
15716 \begin_inset space ~
15720 \begin_inset space ~
15724 \begin_inset space ~
15729 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15730 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15741 LaTeX and LyX options
15743 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15744 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15748 \begin_inset space ~
15753 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15754 with the image size is printed.
15758 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_inset space ~
15766 \begin_inset space ~
15771 is explained in the
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15783 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15784 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15786 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15792 \begin_inset Graphics
15793 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15795 rotateOrigin center
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15803 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15804 the image into a float, see section
15805 \begin_inset space ~
15809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15811 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15818 \begin_layout Subsection
15820 \begin_inset Index idx
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15832 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15840 You can insert images in any known file format.
15841 But as we explained in section
15842 \begin_inset space ~
15846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15848 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15852 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15853 LyX uses therefore the program
15857 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15858 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15859 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15860 \begin_inset space ~
15864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15866 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15874 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15877 \begin_layout Description
15879 \begin_inset space ~
15882 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15883 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15884 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15888 Graphics Interchange Format
15889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15892 (GIF, file extension
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15905 \begin_inset Index idx
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15940 Portable Network Graphics
15941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15944 (PNG, file extension
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15957 \begin_inset Index idx
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15992 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15996 (JPG, file extension
15997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16021 \begin_inset Index idx
16024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Description
16057 \begin_inset space ~
16060 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16062 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16063 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16064 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16065 \begin_inset Newline newline
16068 Scalable image formats can be
16069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16072 Scalable Vector Graphics
16073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16076 (SVG, file extension
16077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16089 \begin_inset Index idx
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16124 Encapsulated PostScript
16125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16128 (EPS, file extension
16129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16141 \begin_inset Index idx
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16176 Portable Document Format
16177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16180 (PDF, file extension
16181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16193 \begin_inset Index idx
16196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16204 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16205 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16220 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16224 \begin_layout Subsection
16225 Grouping of Image Settings
16226 \begin_inset Index idx
16229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 Images ! Settings grouping
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16239 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16241 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16242 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16244 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16245 need to manually change each of them.
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16253 \begin_inset space ~
16258 field in the Graphics dialog.
16259 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16260 by checking the name of the desired group.
16263 \begin_layout Section
16265 \begin_inset Index idx
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16285 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16286 \begin_inset Graphics
16287 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16298 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16299 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16300 from the rest of the table.
16301 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16302 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16304 Here's an example table:
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16309 \begin_inset Tabular
16310 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16311 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16515 \begin_layout Subsection
16519 \begin_layout Standard
16520 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16521 brings up the table dialog.
16522 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16523 where the cursor is placed currently.
16524 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16525 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16526 done on all of your selection.
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16530 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16533 \begin_inset space ~
16538 helps you in setting table properties.
16539 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16542 \begin_layout Standard
16546 \begin_inset space ~
16551 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16552 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16553 current cell respectively.
16554 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16556 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16557 of text, see section
16558 \begin_inset space ~
16562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16564 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16571 \begin_layout Standard
16572 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16578 This will merge the cells to
16582 cell, spread over more than one column.
16583 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16584 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16585 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16586 in the last row without the upper border:
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16591 \begin_inset Tabular
16592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16593 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16595 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16729 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16730 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16731 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16732 explained in the tables section of the
16735 \begin_inset space ~
16741 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16745 degrees counterclockwise.
16746 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16749 \begin_layout Standard
16750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 Most DVI-viewers are
16762 able to display rotations.
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16775 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16780 adds lines for all cell borders.
16783 \begin_layout Subsection
16785 \begin_inset Index idx
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 Tables ! Longtables
16795 \begin_inset Index idx
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16808 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16811 \begin_inset space ~
16815 \begin_inset space ~
16824 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16825 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16828 \begin_layout Description
16833 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16834 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16835 except for the first page, if
16838 \begin_inset space ~
16846 \begin_layout Description
16850 \begin_inset space ~
16855 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16856 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16859 \begin_layout Description
16864 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16865 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16866 except for the last page, if
16869 \begin_inset space ~
16877 \begin_layout Description
16881 \begin_inset space ~
16886 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16887 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16890 \begin_layout Description
16891 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16892 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16898 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16901 \begin_inset space ~
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16910 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16911 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16912 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16913 The others will then be defined as
16918 In this context, first means first in this order:
16921 \begin_inset space ~
16933 \begin_inset space ~
16939 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16942 \begin_layout Standard
16944 \begin_inset Tabular
16945 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16946 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16947 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16948 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16949 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16950 <row endfirsthead="true">
16951 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16962 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16981 <row endfirsthead="true">
16982 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <row endhead="true">
17015 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <row endhead="true">
17046 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <row endfoot="true">
17079 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <row endlastfoot="true">
19061 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 \begin_layout Subsection
19100 \begin_inset Index idx
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19112 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19119 \begin_layout Standard
19120 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19121 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19122 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19123 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19127 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19128 for the cell's paragraph.
19131 \begin_layout Standard
19132 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19133 for the column in the table dialog.
19134 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19135 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19139 \begin_layout Standard
19141 \begin_inset Tabular
19142 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19143 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19145 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 This is longer now.
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19348 This is longer now.
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19380 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19381 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19387 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19393 Selection with the mouse or with
19397 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19398 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19399 the selection from outside the table.
19402 \begin_layout Section
19404 \begin_inset Index idx
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19423 \begin_layout Standard
19424 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19425 have a fixed location.
19427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19434 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19442 \begin_inset space ~
19447 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19448 too many notes on the page.
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19452 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19453 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19454 and pages without text.
19455 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19456 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19457 Floats are therefore numbered.
19458 Referencing is described in section
19459 \begin_inset space ~
19463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19465 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19472 \begin_layout Standard
19473 To insert a float, use the menu
19475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19479 A box with a caption that has e.
19480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19484 \begin_inset space \space{}
19488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19492 \begin_inset space ~
19496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19499 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19500 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19502 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19503 \begin_inset Index idx
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19513 paragraph within the float.
19514 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19515 by left-clicking on the box label.
19516 A closed float box looks like this:
19517 \begin_inset Graphics
19518 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19523 – a gray button with a red label.
19526 \begin_layout Standard
19527 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19528 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19531 \begin_layout Subsection
19535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19537 \begin_inset Index idx
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 Floats ! Figure floats
19547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19549 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19556 \begin_layout Standard
19559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19560 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19563 inserts a float with the label
19564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19570 \begin_inset space ~
19576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19580 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19581 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19582 This is what we did for Figure
19583 \begin_inset space ~
19587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19589 reference "cap:Platypus"
19594 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19595 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19596 This was done in Figure
19597 \begin_inset space ~
19601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19603 reference "cap:Escher"
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19611 \begin_inset Float figure
19616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 \begin_inset Graphics
19619 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19621 rotateOrigin center
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset Caption
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19634 name "cap:Platypus"
19638 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19651 \begin_layout Standard
19652 \begin_inset Float figure
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset Caption
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 \begin_inset Graphics
19679 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19681 rotateOrigin center
19693 \begin_layout Standard
19694 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19696 As described in section
19697 \begin_inset space ~
19701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19703 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19707 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19712 and refer to it using the menu
19714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19718 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19727 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19739 \begin_layout Standard
19740 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19741 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19742 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19743 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19745 \begin_inset space ~
19749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19751 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19755 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19756 You can also set the images one below the other.
19758 \begin_inset space ~
19762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19764 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19771 reference "fig:Platypus"
19775 are the subfigures.
19778 \begin_layout Standard
19779 \begin_inset Float figure
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19789 \begin_inset Float figure
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 \begin_inset Caption
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19800 name "fig:Undefinable"
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 \begin_inset Graphics
19814 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19825 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19829 \begin_inset Float figure
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 \begin_inset Caption
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19840 name "fig:Platypus"
19852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 \begin_inset Graphics
19854 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19866 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 \begin_inset Caption
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19878 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19882 Two distorted images.
19895 \begin_layout Standard
19896 Note that the caption is added to the
19899 \begin_inset space ~
19903 \begin_inset space ~
19908 as described in section
19909 \begin_inset space ~
19913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19915 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19924 \begin_inset Index idx
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 Floats ! Table floats
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19937 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19940 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19944 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19947 \begin_inset space ~
19951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19953 reference "cap:Table-float"
19957 is an example of a table float.
19960 \begin_layout Standard
19961 \begin_inset Float table
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 \begin_inset Caption
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19972 name "cap:Table-float"
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 \begin_inset Tabular
19987 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19988 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20118 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20142 \end{array}\right]$
20150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20186 \begin_inset Index idx
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 This float type is inserted with the menu
20201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20202 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20206 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20207 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20211 , described in section
20212 \begin_inset space ~
20216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20218 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20240 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20243 \begin_layout Standard
20248 floatname{algorithm}{your
20249 \begin_inset space ~
20255 \begin_layout Standard
20256 to the document preamble (menu
20258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20265 \begin_inset space ~
20271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20287 \begin_inset Index idx
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20300 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 \begin_inset Graphics
20309 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20311 rotateOrigin center
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset Caption
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20324 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20328 This is a wrapped figure.
20329 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20342 This float type is used if you want to
20343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20350 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20352 It can be inserted using the menu
20354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20355 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20357 \begin_inset space ~
20362 if the LaTeX-package
20367 \begin_inset Index idx
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20384 \begin_inset space ~
20394 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20397 \begin_inset space ~
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20403 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20407 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 Available units are explained in Appendix
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20423 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20432 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20436 \begin_layout Standard
20437 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20450 \begin_inset space \space{}
20453 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20454 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20463 \begin_layout Itemize
20464 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20465 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20466 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20467 page breaks will appear.
20470 \begin_layout Itemize
20471 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20472 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20475 \begin_layout Itemize
20476 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20477 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20480 \begin_layout Itemize
20481 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20484 \begin_layout Subsection
20486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20488 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20493 \begin_inset Index idx
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 \begin_layout Standard
20506 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20507 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20511 \begin_inset space ~
20519 \begin_layout Standard
20520 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20521 have a multicolumn document).
20522 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20525 \begin_inset space ~
20531 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20532 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20540 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20541 format is also the same: Table
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20548 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20552 is an example of a rotated table float.
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 \begin_inset Float table
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 \begin_inset Caption
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20584 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 \begin_inset Tabular
20599 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20600 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20665 \begin_layout Subsection
20667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20669 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20674 \begin_inset Index idx
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20688 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20689 \begin_inset Newline newline
20695 \begin_inset space ~
20700 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20701 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20702 \begin_inset Newline newline
20708 \begin_inset space ~
20713 is used to rotate floats, see section
20714 \begin_inset space ~
20718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20720 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20728 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20729 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20732 \begin_inset space ~
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20744 \begin_layout Description
20746 \begin_inset space ~
20750 \begin_inset space ~
20753 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20756 \begin_layout Description
20758 \begin_inset space ~
20762 \begin_inset space ~
20765 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20768 \begin_layout Description
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20774 \begin_inset space ~
20777 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20780 \begin_layout Description
20782 \begin_inset space ~
20786 \begin_inset space ~
20789 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 The order of the above option is
20798 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20802 \begin_inset space ~
20806 \begin_inset space ~
20814 \begin_inset space ~
20818 \begin_inset space ~
20823 , and then the others.
20824 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20826 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20827 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 By default, each option has its own rules:
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20838 \begin_inset space ~
20842 \begin_inset space ~
20847 only floats occupying less than 70
20848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20851 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20854 \begin_layout Standard
20858 \begin_inset space ~
20862 \begin_inset space ~
20867 : only floats occupying less than 30
20868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20871 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20874 \begin_layout Standard
20878 \begin_inset space ~
20882 \begin_inset space ~
20887 : only if more than 50
20888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20891 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20900 \begin_inset space ~
20904 \begin_inset space ~
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20914 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20915 For this case you can use the option
20918 \begin_inset space ~
20924 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20926 Because the float is then no longer able to
20927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20934 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20939 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20942 \begin_layout Standard
20943 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20945 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20947 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20954 \begin_layout Section
20956 \begin_inset Index idx
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20968 name "sec:Minipages"
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20978 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20979 \begin_inset space ~
20986 \begin_layout Standard
20987 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20993 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20994 and its alignment within the page.
20997 \begin_layout Standard
20999 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21008 height_special "totalheight"
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 This is a minipage.
21015 The text is set in an italic style.
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21022 another formatting.
21030 \begin_layout Standard
21031 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21034 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21038 as described in section
21039 \begin_inset space ~
21043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21045 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21050 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21057 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21066 height_special "totalheight"
21069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21070 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21071 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21077 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21081 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21090 height_special "totalheight"
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21094 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21095 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21110 \begin_layout Standard
21111 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21112 to other box types.
21113 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21124 \begin_layout Chapter
21125 Mathematical Formulas
21126 \begin_inset Index idx
21129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21136 \begin_inset Index idx
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21170 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21177 \begin_layout Standard
21178 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21183 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21186 \begin_layout Section
21188 \begin_inset Index idx
21191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21202 \begin_inset Graphics
21203 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21208 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21210 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21211 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21212 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21225 \begin_inset space ~
21230 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21234 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21235 line, like this one:
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21239 This is a line with an inline formula
21240 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21248 paragraph, like this one:
21249 \begin_inset Formula \[
21254 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21257 \begin_layout Standard
21258 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21264 \begin_inset space \space{}
21268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21281 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21282 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21286 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21289 \begin_inset space ~
21297 \begin_layout Subsection
21298 Navigating in Formulas
21299 \begin_inset Index idx
21302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21313 achieved with the arrow keys.
21314 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21315 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21320 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21321 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21325 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21329 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21332 \end{array}\right]$
21340 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21345 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21346 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21354 , printed in this document as
21355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21376 \begin_inset Note Note
21379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21380 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21381 space character (visible space).
21386 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21387 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21388 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21393 For example, if you want
21394 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 , since in the latter case only the
21451 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21456 will be under the square root sign:
21457 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21463 \begin_layout Standard
21464 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21466 \begin_inset Formula \[
21467 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21471 \end{array}\right)\]
21475 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21476 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21479 \begin_layout Subsection
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21485 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21489 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21490 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21491 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21492 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21493 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21496 \begin_layout Subsection
21497 Exponents and Subscripts
21498 \begin_inset Index idx
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21522 way is to use a command.
21524 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21527 , type in a formula
21533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21555 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21559 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21589 , you have to use an extra
21593 to separate the hat and the character.
21595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21599 \begin_inset space \space{}
21603 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21624 Subscripts are similar: To get
21625 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 \begin_layout Subsection
21650 \begin_inset Index idx
21653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21663 Create a fraction with either the command
21670 \begin_inset Graphics
21671 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21679 \begin_inset space ~
21685 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21686 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21687 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21692 To move back up, press
21697 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21698 \begin_inset Formula \[
21699 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21702 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21709 \begin_layout Subsection
21711 \begin_inset Index idx
21714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 Roots can be created using the
21727 \begin_inset space ~
21733 \begin_inset Graphics
21734 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21757 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21763 produces always a square root.
21766 \begin_layout Subsection
21767 Operators with Limits
21768 \begin_inset Index idx
21771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21778 \begin_inset Index idx
21781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21790 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21797 \begin_layout Standard
21799 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21803 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21806 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21807 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21808 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21809 The sum operator will automatically place its
21810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21817 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21824 \begin_inset Formula \[
21825 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21829 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21836 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21837 behind the operator and hitting
21845 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21846 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21848 \begin_inset space ~
21852 \begin_inset space ~
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21869 feature as addition, such as
21870 \begin_inset Index idx
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21880 \begin_inset Formula \[
21881 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21885 which will place the
21886 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21898 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21899 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21906 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21913 Have a look at section
21914 \begin_inset space ~
21918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21920 reference "sub:Functions"
21924 for an explanation of function macros.
21927 \begin_layout Subsection
21929 \begin_inset Index idx
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21942 Most math symbols can be found in the
21945 \begin_inset space ~
21950 under one of several categories; including
21967 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21972 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21973 you don't have to use the
21976 \begin_inset space ~
21981 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21982 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21985 \begin_layout Subsection
21987 \begin_inset Index idx
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21999 \begin_layout Standard
22000 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22005 arg "space-insert protected"
22011 \begin_inset space ~
22017 \begin_inset Graphics
22018 filename ../images/math/space.png
22023 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22024 For example, the sequence
22029 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22033 \begin_inset Graphics
22034 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22039 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22040 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22041 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22042 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22044 Here are two examples:
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22057 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22073 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22079 \begin_layout Subsection
22081 \begin_inset Index idx
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22093 name "sub:Functions"
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22104 \begin_inset space ~
22109 contains under the button
22110 \begin_inset Graphics
22111 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22115 a number of function macros, such as
22116 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22120 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22128 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22135 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22136 avoid confusions, because
22137 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22141 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22147 \begin_layout Standard
22148 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22150 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22154 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22161 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22162 s are placed, as described in section
22163 \begin_inset space ~
22167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22169 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22176 \begin_layout Subsection
22178 \begin_inset Index idx
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22190 \begin_layout Standard
22191 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22193 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22194 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22199 \begin_inset space \space{}
22203 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22206 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22207 Our example is entered by typing
22215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 \begin_inset space ~
22232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22234 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22238 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22241 \begin_layout Standard
22242 \begin_inset Float table
22247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_inset Caption
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22253 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22257 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 \begin_inset Tabular
22268 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22269 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22271 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22356 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22572 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22626 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22734 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22788 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22833 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22858 \begin_inset space ~
22864 \begin_inset Graphics
22865 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22869 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22873 \begin_layout Section
22874 Brackets and Delimiters
22875 \begin_inset Index idx
22878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22885 \begin_inset Index idx
22888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22897 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22904 \begin_layout Standard
22905 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22906 For most purposes, using just the keys
22911 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22912 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22913 toolbar delimiter icon
22914 \begin_inset Graphics
22915 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22920 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22922 \begin_inset Formula \[
22923 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22926 \end{array}\right]\]
22930 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22931 \begin_inset Formula \[
22932 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22939 \begin_layout Standard
22940 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22941 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22944 \begin_layout Standard
22945 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22946 left side and right side.
22947 If you use the option
22950 \begin_inset space ~
22955 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22956 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22957 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22958 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22963 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22964 inside the brackets.
22965 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22970 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22973 \begin_layout Section
22974 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22975 \begin_inset Index idx
22978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22985 \begin_inset Index idx
22988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22995 \begin_inset Index idx
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22999 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23017 \begin_inset Graphics
23018 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23023 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23024 Here is an example:
23025 \begin_inset Formula \[
23026 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23030 \end{array}\right)\]
23034 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23035 \begin_inset space ~
23039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23041 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23046 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23047 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23048 This alignment is set in the box
23053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23101 for every column as default.
23102 For example, the sequence
23103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23114 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23115 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23116 corresponds to the relevant column.
23117 The result will look like this:
23118 \begin_inset Formula \[
23120 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23121 column & has & has\, right\\
23122 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23131 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23134 arg "newline-insert newline"
23137 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23138 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23143 or the math toolbar.
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23147 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23148 It can be created with the menu
23150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23151 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23153 \begin_inset space ~
23165 Here is an example:
23166 \begin_inset Formula \[
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23182 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23185 arg "newline-insert newline"
23189 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23194 arg "newline-insert newline"
23197 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23205 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23206 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23207 A new row is created by every further hit of
23210 arg "newline-insert newline"
23214 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23215 Here is an example:
23216 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23217 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23218 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23223 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23224 where you want to start the shift and hit
23229 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23230 position to the next column.
23231 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23232 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23233 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23234 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23241 \begin_layout Standard
23242 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23249 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23250 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23253 reference "eq:asquared"
23258 The other types are described in section
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23265 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23272 \begin_layout Section
23273 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23274 \begin_inset Index idx
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23278 Math ! Formula numbering
23284 \begin_inset Index idx
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23288 Math ! Referencing formulas
23294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23296 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23303 \begin_layout Standard
23304 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23307 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23309 \begin_inset space ~
23317 arg "math-number-toggle"
23321 The formula number appears in LyX as
23322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23329 within parentheses.
23331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23338 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23340 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23341 the document class.
23342 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23343 separated by a dot:
23344 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23345 1+1=2\end{equation}
23352 arg "math-number-toggle"
23355 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23356 You can only number displayed formulas.
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23362 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23363 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23365 \begin_inset space ~
23369 \begin_inset space ~
23373 \begin_inset space ~
23381 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23384 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23385 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23387 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23393 To number all lines use the shortcut
23396 arg "math-number-toggle"
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23406 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23407 A label is inserted with the menu
23409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23412 when the cursor is in the formula.
23413 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23414 It is recommended to use the proposed
23415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23426 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23427 type when you have many labels in your document.
23428 We inserted in the following example the label
23429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23436 in the second line:
23437 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23438 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23439 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23444 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23445 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23455 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23459 \begin_inset space ~
23465 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23466 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23467 as the formula number:
23470 \begin_layout Standard
23471 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23474 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23483 \begin_inset space ~
23487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23489 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23494 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23500 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23513 \begin_layout Section
23514 User defined math macros
23515 \begin_inset Index idx
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 \begin_layout Standard
23528 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23529 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23530 Math macros are explained in section
23533 \begin_inset space ~
23545 \begin_layout Section
23549 \begin_layout Subsection
23551 \begin_inset Index idx
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 \begin_layout Standard
23564 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23565 To set a font in a formula, use the
23568 \begin_inset space ~
23574 \begin_inset Graphics
23575 filename ../images/math/font.png
23579 , or enter its command, listed in table
23580 \begin_inset space ~
23584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23586 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23593 \begin_layout Standard
23594 \begin_inset Float table
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Caption
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23605 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23609 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 \begin_inset Tabular
23620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23621 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23796 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23857 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23917 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23918 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23923 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23924 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23925 Here an example where
23926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23937 denotes the set of numbers:
23938 \begin_inset Formula \[
23939 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23947 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23953 \begin_inset space \space{}
23965 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23969 \begin_inset Newline newline
23972 So it is better not to use this feature.
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23977 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23981 \begin_inset Newline newline
23984 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23990 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23991 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23997 \begin_layout Standard
24004 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24007 \begin_layout Standard
24008 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24011 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24013 \begin_inset space ~
24021 \begin_layout Subsection
24023 \begin_inset Index idx
24026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24036 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24038 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24042 \begin_inset space ~
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24054 \begin_inset space ~
24060 \begin_inset Graphics
24061 filename ../images/math/font.png
24072 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24073 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24074 Here is an example:
24075 \begin_inset Formula \[
24077 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24078 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24086 \begin_layout Subsection
24088 \begin_inset Index idx
24091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24100 \begin_layout Standard
24101 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24102 automatically chosen in most situations.
24120 For most characters,
24128 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24129 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24134 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24135 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24137 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24138 \begin_inset Graphics
24139 filename ../images/math/style.png
24144 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24145 For example, you can set
24146 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24149 , which is normally in
24158 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24162 The four styles are used in the following example:
24165 \begin_layout Standard
24166 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24170 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24174 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24178 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24185 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24186 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24188 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24190 \begin_inset space ~
24195 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24196 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24197 will be adjusted to correspond.
24198 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24213 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24219 \begin_layout Section
24223 \begin_layout Standard
24224 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24225 the document classes and into layout modules.
24226 \begin_inset Index idx
24229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24235 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24236 other than the AMS classes.
24238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24240 reference "sub:Modules"
24244 for more on layout modules.
24247 \begin_layout Section
24249 \begin_inset Index idx
24252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 \begin_inset Index idx
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24273 (AMS) that are in common use.
24276 \begin_layout Subsection
24277 Enabling AMS-Support
24280 \begin_layout Standard
24281 Selecting the checkbox
24284 \begin_inset space ~
24288 \begin_inset space ~
24292 \begin_inset space ~
24299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24303 \begin_inset Index idx
24306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24307 Document ! Settings
24315 \begin_inset space ~
24320 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24322 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24323 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24326 \begin_layout Subsection
24328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24330 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24335 \begin_inset Index idx
24338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24339 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24348 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24349 LyX allows you to choose between
24370 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24373 \begin_layout Chapter
24377 \begin_layout Section
24379 \begin_inset Index idx
24382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24391 name "sec:Cross-References"
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24399 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24400 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24402 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24403 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24404 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24407 \begin_layout Enumerate
24411 \begin_layout Enumerate
24412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24414 name "enu:Second-item"
24421 \begin_layout Enumerate
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24426 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24431 or by pressing the toolbar button
24432 \begin_inset Graphics
24433 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24439 A grey label box like this:
24440 \begin_inset Graphics
24441 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24446 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24447 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24482 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24487 \begin_inset space \space{}
24490 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24506 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24511 or the toolbar button
24512 \begin_inset Graphics
24513 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24519 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24520 \begin_inset Graphics
24521 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24526 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24528 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24541 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24545 \begin_layout Standard
24548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24551 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24556 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24557 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24559 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24567 \begin_inset space ~
24571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24573 reference "enu:Second-item"
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24581 It is recommended to use a protected space
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 described in section
24587 \begin_inset space ~
24591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24593 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24602 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24607 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24610 \begin_layout Description
24611 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24614 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24621 \begin_layout Description
24622 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24623 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24635 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24642 \begin_layout Description
24643 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24644 \begin_inset space ~
24648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24649 LatexCommand pageref
24650 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24657 \begin_layout Description
24659 \begin_inset space ~
24663 \begin_inset space ~
24666 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24668 LatexCommand vpageref
24669 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24676 \begin_layout Description
24678 \begin_inset space ~
24682 \begin_inset space ~
24686 \begin_inset space ~
24689 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24693 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24700 \begin_layout Description
24702 \begin_inset space ~
24705 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24706 \begin_inset Newline newline
24710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24723 \begin_inset Index idx
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24727 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24745 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24752 \begin_inset space \space{}
24756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24770 <reference> on page <page>
24772 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24777 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24778 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24782 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24787 You can only use the style
24791 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24795 is always possible.
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24800 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24802 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24803 \begin_inset space ~
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24809 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24817 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24825 \begin_inset space ~
24830 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24831 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24834 \begin_inset space ~
24839 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24840 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24841 \begin_inset Graphics
24842 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24844 rotateOrigin center
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24852 You can change labels at any time.
24853 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24854 do not need to take care about this.
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24858 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24859 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 References are described in detail in the
24870 \begin_layout Section
24871 Table of Contents and other Listings
24872 \begin_inset Index idx
24875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24882 \begin_inset Index idx
24885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24901 \begin_layout Subsection
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24905 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24916 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24918 \begin_inset space ~
24922 \begin_inset space ~
24928 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24929 If you click on it, the
24933 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24934 sections in your documents.
24935 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24937 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24940 that is described in sec.
24941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24947 reference "sec:Navigating"
24954 \begin_layout Standard
24955 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24956 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24958 \begin_inset space ~
24962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24964 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24968 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24970 \begin_inset space ~
24974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24976 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24980 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24982 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24985 \begin_layout Subsection
24986 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24989 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24998 You can insert them via the
25000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25002 \begin_inset space ~
25006 \begin_inset space ~
25012 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25015 \begin_layout Section
25016 URLs and Hyperlinks
25017 \begin_inset Index idx
25020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25027 \begin_inset Index idx
25030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25039 \begin_layout Subsection
25041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25061 \begin_inset Flex URL
25064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25081 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25086 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25102 \begin_layout Subsection
25104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25106 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25113 \begin_layout Standard
25114 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25119 or with the toolbar button
25120 \begin_inset Graphics
25121 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25127 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25136 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25137 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25140 name "LyX's homepage"
25141 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25145 , an Email address like this:
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25148 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25154 , or a link to a file.
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25158 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25171 to the link target.
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25175 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25176 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25177 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25178 the text style dialog.
25179 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25185 name "LyX's homepage"
25186 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25198 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25201 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25205 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25207 \begin_inset Newline newline
25215 \begin_inset Newline newline
25222 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25225 \begin_layout Section
25227 \begin_inset Index idx
25230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25239 name "sec:Appendices"
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 Appendices are created with the menu
25249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25251 \begin_inset space ~
25255 \begin_inset space ~
25261 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25262 as the appendix region.
25263 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25268 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25269 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25270 and the subsection number.
25271 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25277 \begin_inset space ~
25281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25283 reference "cha:Credits"
25288 \begin_inset space ~
25292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25294 reference "sub:Export"
25301 \begin_layout Section
25303 \begin_inset Index idx
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25315 name "sec:Bibliography"
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25324 You can include a bibliography database,
25328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25329 Known under the name
25330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25342 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25343 manually, using the paragraph environment
25347 , which was described in section
25348 \begin_inset space ~
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25354 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25359 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25360 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25364 use a bibliography database.
25367 \begin_layout Subsection
25368 The Bibliography Environment
25371 \begin_layout Standard
25376 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25378 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25387 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25389 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25398 , a short form of its title, as key.
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25407 or the toolbar button
25408 \begin_inset Graphics
25409 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25415 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25416 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25417 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25418 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25424 entry with surrounding brackets.
25429 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25430 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25445 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25450 key "latexcompanion"
25457 \begin_layout Standard
25458 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25468 \begin_layout Subsection
25469 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25470 \begin_inset Index idx
25473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25474 Bibliography ! Databases
25480 \begin_inset Index idx
25483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25484 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25492 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25506 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25508 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25509 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25514 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25516 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25517 your working field in a database.
25518 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25519 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25521 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 The database is a text file with the file extension
25527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25538 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25539 The format is explained in
25540 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25546 and in LaTeX books (
25547 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25549 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25554 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25555 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25556 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25557 \begin_inset Flex URL
25560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25562 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 To use a database, use the menu
25573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25578 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25591 \begin_inset space ~
25597 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25598 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25601 Add bibliography to TOC
25603 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25608 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25611 \begin_layout Standard
25612 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25624 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25625 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25626 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25628 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25634 For information how this is done, have a look at
25635 \begin_inset Newline newline
25639 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25641 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25658 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25659 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25662 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25696 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25702 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 When you select the option
25714 Sectioned bibliography
25718 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25721 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25722 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25724 Customizing Bibliographies
25732 Additional Features
25737 \begin_layout Standard
25738 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25739 the two methods of creating them.
25740 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25741 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25742 We used the style file
25746 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25749 \begin_layout Subsection
25750 Bibliography layout
25751 \begin_inset Index idx
25754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25755 Bibliography ! Layout
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25764 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25765 For this feature you need to enable the option
25771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25775 \begin_inset Index idx
25778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25779 Document ! Settings
25789 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25790 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25791 in the previous section.
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25796 in the citation reference window.
25797 Here an example where we set the text
25798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25809 to appear after the reference:
25812 \begin_layout Standard
25814 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25817 key "latexcompanion"
25824 \begin_layout Section
25826 \begin_inset Index idx
25829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25845 \begin_layout Standard
25846 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25850 \begin_inset space ~
25855 or the toolbar button
25856 \begin_inset Graphics
25857 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25876 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25877 by LyX as the index entry.
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25882 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25884 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25886 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25894 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25898 \begin_inset space ~
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25905 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25907 \begin_inset space ~
25913 A light blue box labeled
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25925 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25926 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25929 \begin_layout Subsection
25930 Grouping Index Entries
25931 \begin_inset Index idx
25934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25946 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25947 lists under the entry
25948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25956 First we create the entry
25957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25965 \begin_inset space ~
25969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25971 reference "sub:Lists"
25976 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25983 reference "sec:Itemize"
25987 , we insert the command
25990 \begin_layout Standard
25996 \begin_layout Standard
26000 \begin_layout Standard
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26007 for the enumerated list in section
26008 \begin_inset space ~
26012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26014 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 The exclamation mark
26023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 marks the grouping levels.
26031 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26032 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26033 If we don't have an index entry for
26034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26041 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26044 \begin_layout Subsection
26046 \begin_inset Index idx
26049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26050 Index ! Page ranges
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26059 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26061 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26062 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26080 Paragraph environments|(
26083 \begin_layout Standard
26084 and another entry at the end of section
26085 \begin_inset space ~
26089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26091 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26098 \begin_layout Standard
26101 Paragraph environments|)
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26129 respectively start and end the index range.
26130 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26131 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26132 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26133 An example is the index entry
26134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26137 Document ! Settings
26138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26144 \begin_layout Subsection
26146 \begin_inset Index idx
26149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26150 Index ! Cross referencing
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26160 We referred for example in the index entry
26161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26169 \begin_inset space ~
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26175 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26179 ) to the index entry
26180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26187 in the same section using the entry
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26193 GIF|see{Image formats}
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26198 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26199 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26202 \begin_layout Subsection
26204 \begin_inset Index idx
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 Index ! Entry order
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26218 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26219 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26224 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26226 \begin_inset space ~
26230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26232 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26241 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26242 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26267 \begin_inset Index idx
26270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26271 Dummy entries ! maïs
26277 \begin_inset Index idx
26280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26281 Dummy entries ! maître
26287 \begin_inset Index idx
26290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26291 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26296 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26297 order maïs, maison, maître.
26298 To achieve this, we use the command
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26304 previous entry@current entry
26307 \begin_layout Standard
26308 In our case we want to have
26309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26324 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26334 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26335 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26352 to generate the index (see sec.
26353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26359 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26368 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26376 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26380 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26381 index commands start with
26382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26394 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26399 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26426 \begin_layout Subsection
26428 \begin_inset Index idx
26431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26432 Index ! Entry layout
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26441 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26442 \begin_inset Index idx
26445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26448 This is an italic dummy entry
26453 You can also format the page number using the character
26454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26461 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26462 We can write for example
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26468 italic page number:|textit
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26472 to get the page number in italic.
26473 \begin_inset Index idx
26476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26477 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26482 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26500 \begin_inset space ~
26506 Have a look at section
26507 \begin_inset space ~
26511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26513 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26517 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26520 \begin_layout Standard
26521 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26529 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26533 to generate the index, see sec.
26534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26540 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26549 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26550 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26555 key "latexcompanion"
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26568 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26570 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26571 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26572 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26573 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26574 If so, put the following in the preamble
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 in the index entry.
26601 \begin_inset Index idx
26604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26605 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26610 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26611 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26612 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26622 \begin_inset space \space{}
26625 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26626 for all index entries.
26627 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26639 documentation for details,
26640 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26642 key "makeindex,xindy"
26649 \begin_layout Subsection
26651 \begin_inset Index idx
26654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26663 name "sub:Index-Program"
26670 \begin_layout Standard
26671 If the index entry program
26675 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26679 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26688 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26689 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26690 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26691 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26692 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26702 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26703 dialog, see section
26704 \begin_inset space ~
26708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26710 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26715 The available options are listed and explained in
26716 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26718 key "makeindex,xindy"
26723 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26727 \begin_layout Standard
26728 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26729 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26733 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26734 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26738 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26739 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26742 \begin_layout Subsection
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26748 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26756 next to the standard index.
26757 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26758 packages that add this feature.
26764 \begin_inset Index idx
26767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26768 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26773 package to generate multiple indexes.
26774 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26775 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26783 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26784 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26785 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26788 \begin_layout Standard
26789 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26791 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26792 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26793 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26800 Use multiple Indexes
26801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26805 Note that the list of
26806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 below already contains the standard index.
26814 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26815 also appear as a heading) to the
26816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26823 input field and press the
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26832 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26833 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26834 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26844 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26845 indexes in the LyX work area.
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26854 \begin_inset space ~
26858 \begin_inset space ~
26867 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26868 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26869 are some additional features:
26872 \begin_layout Itemize
26873 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26874 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26877 \begin_layout Itemize
26878 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26879 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26888 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26893 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26894 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26895 to the non-subindexes.
26898 \begin_layout Section
26899 Nomenclature / Glossary
26900 \begin_inset Index idx
26903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26910 \begin_inset Index idx
26913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26944 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26952 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26953 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26963 \begin_inset Index idx
26966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26967 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26973 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26974 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26980 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26984 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26985 and then use the menu
26987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26993 \begin_inset space ~
26998 or the toolbar button
26999 \begin_inset Graphics
27000 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
27007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27018 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27023 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27024 The second is the description of the symbol.
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27036 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27044 \begin_layout Subsection
27045 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27046 \begin_inset Index idx
27049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27050 Nomenclature ! Layout
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27059 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27063 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27069 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27077 \begin_inset Newline newline
27085 \begin_inset Newline newline
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 character starts/ends the formula.
27099 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27111 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27122 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27123 \begin_inset space ~
27127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27129 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27136 \begin_layout Standard
27140 \begin_inset space ~
27145 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27146 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27151 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27158 in this document is:
27159 \begin_inset Newline newline
27164 dummy entry for the character
27169 \begin_inset Newline newline
27181 \begin_inset space ~
27191 font use the command
27220 \begin_layout Subsection
27221 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27222 \begin_inset Index idx
27225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27226 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27236 the symbol definition.
27237 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27238 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27241 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27242 LatexCommand nomenclature
27244 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27251 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27255 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27256 LatexCommand nomenclature
27259 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27264 They will be sorted by
27265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27291 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27294 will be sorted before the
27298 since the character
27299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27306 is considered in sorting.
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27310 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27313 \begin_inset space ~
27318 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27319 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27321 For the example given, you can insert
27325 in this field for the
27326 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27333 will be located before
27334 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27355 \begin_layout Subsection
27356 Nomenclature Options
27357 \begin_inset Index idx
27360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27361 Nomenclature ! Options
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27374 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27375 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27378 \begin_layout Description
27379 refeq Appends the phrase
27380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27395 to every nomenclature entry, where
27401 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27404 \begin_layout Description
27405 refpage Appends the phrase
27406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27421 to every nomenclature entry, where
27427 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27430 \begin_layout Description
27431 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27435 There are furthermore the options
27479 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27485 class options list in the
27487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27491 In this document the option
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27499 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27506 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27507 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27512 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27515 \begin_layout Description
27525 \begin_layout Description
27528 nomrefpage Like the
27535 \begin_layout Description
27538 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27547 \begin_layout Description
27551 \begin_inset space ~
27557 \begin_inset space ~
27562 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27565 \begin_layout Subsection
27566 Printing the Nomenclature
27567 \begin_inset Index idx
27570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27571 Nomenclature ! Printing
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27580 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27584 \begin_inset space ~
27588 \begin_inset space ~
27591 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27595 A light blue box labeled
27596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27607 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27608 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27612 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27621 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27629 For example, in order to change the name to
27633 , add the following line to the preamble:
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27644 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27654 \begin_layout Standard
27655 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27656 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27667 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27673 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27674 \begin_inset space ~
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27680 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27685 The default value is 1
27686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27692 \begin_layout Subsection
27693 Nomenclature Program
27694 \begin_inset Index idx
27697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27698 Nomenclature ! Program
27704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27706 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27714 LyX uses the program
27718 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27719 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27724 by adding options, see section
27725 \begin_inset space ~
27729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27731 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27736 The available options are listed and explained in
27737 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27739 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27746 \begin_layout Section
27748 \begin_inset Index idx
27751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27758 \begin_inset Index idx
27761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27762 Document ! Branches
27768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27770 name "sec:Branches"
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27779 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27780 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27781 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27786 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27787 To create a branch, go in the
27789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27797 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27798 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27802 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27803 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27808 where you can choose a branch.
27809 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27813 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27814 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27818 \begin_inset Branch Question
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27822 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27831 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27835 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27843 \begin_layout Standard
27844 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27852 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27854 For example you can define for the question branch
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27859 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27860 \begin_inset space ~
27864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27866 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 and for the answer branch
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 \begin_inset Branch Question
27926 \begin_layout Standard
27930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27994 \begin_layout Standard
27995 Now it is possible to use the commands
27999 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28006 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28009 to obtain conditional output.
28010 Here is an example formula where only the
28017 \begin_inset Formula \[
28018 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28026 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28034 \begin_layout Section
28036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28038 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28043 \begin_inset Index idx
28046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28060 dialog allows you in the
28064 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28065 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28070 \begin_inset Index idx
28073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28074 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28087 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28088 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28089 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28091 You can specify in the dialog tab
28095 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28097 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28098 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28107 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28108 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28109 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28111 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28112 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28114 \begin_inset space ~
28117 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28118 \begin_inset space ~
28121 1 will only display the sections.
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28125 The header information in the dialog tab
28129 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28130 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28135 \begin_inset space \space{}
28138 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28139 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28142 Automatic fill header
28144 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28145 title and author settings.
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28151 Load in fullscreen mode
28153 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28158 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28164 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28174 \begin_layout Section
28175 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28178 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28185 \begin_layout Subsection
28187 \begin_inset Index idx
28190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28199 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28207 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28208 constructs, but not all.
28209 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28210 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28211 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28212 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28213 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28218 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28220 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28224 \begin_inset space ~
28229 or by the toolbar button
28230 \begin_inset Graphics
28231 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28236 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28242 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28243 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28250 , you can write the command part
28256 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28260 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28261 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28262 the following example:
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28266 \begin_inset Graphics
28267 filename clipart/ERT.png
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28280 This is a line with a
28284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28308 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28316 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28317 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28325 \begin_layout Subsection
28326 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28327 \begin_inset OptArg
28330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28337 \begin_inset Index idx
28340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28349 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28356 \begin_layout Standard
28357 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28358 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28359 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28368 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28369 any time if you know the right commands.
28371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28375 \begin_inset space \space{}
28378 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28380 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28381 all caption labels bold.
28382 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28384 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28390 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28391 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28393 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28403 As result you know that the package
28408 \begin_inset Index idx
28411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28412 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28418 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28431 usepackage[options]{package name}
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28435 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28436 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28437 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28440 \begin_layout Standard
28441 In your case the package name is
28446 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28451 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28452 So you add the command
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28460 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28464 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28469 For more commands provided by the
28473 package, have a look at its documentation,
28474 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28491 For example if you use a
28495 class, you don't need the package
28499 , you can instead write
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28507 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28512 \begin_layout Standard
28513 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28514 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28515 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28522 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28526 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28527 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28529 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28530 the previous section.
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28538 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28546 \begin_layout Section
28547 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28550 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28555 \begin_inset Index idx
28558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28565 \begin_inset Index idx
28568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28579 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28580 to break your train of thought with
28582 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28589 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28590 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28595 \begin_inset Index idx
28598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28599 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28604 as explained below, and turn on
28607 \begin_inset space ~
28614 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28618 \begin_inset space ~
28622 \begin_inset space ~
28625 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28635 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28641 Previews of an already loaded document are
28645 generated just by selecting the
28648 \begin_inset space ~
28653 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28656 \begin_layout Standard
28657 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28658 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28661 \begin_inset space ~
28666 check box in the insert dialog.
28667 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28676 (on some systems named simply
28681 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28689 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28690 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28698 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28703 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28714 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28716 \begin_inset space ~
28721 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28722 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28724 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28725 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28726 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28727 the source view window.
28730 \begin_layout Section
28732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28734 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28739 \begin_inset Index idx
28742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28751 \begin_layout Standard
28752 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28753 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28770 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28776 can be seen as the successor to
28784 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28790 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28791 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28800 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28801 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28811 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28814 or the toolbar button
28815 \begin_inset Graphics
28816 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28821 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28822 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28823 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28824 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28825 scrolled so that it is visible.
28830 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28832 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28836 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28837 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28848 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28849 will bring an error message.
28850 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28851 specifying a different
28853 Alternative language
28855 in preferences dialog.
28858 \begin_layout Standard
28859 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28862 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28868 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28870 But you can use the
28873 \begin_inset space ~
28877 \begin_inset space ~
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28886 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28887 This does work with
28891 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28894 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28903 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28906 \begin_layout Description
28908 \begin_inset space ~
28911 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28912 should consider, e.
28913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28917 \begin_inset space \space{}
28920 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28921 This should not normally be needed.
28924 \begin_layout Description
28926 \begin_inset space ~
28929 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28930 the spell checker's default choice
28933 \begin_layout Description
28935 \begin_inset space ~
28939 \begin_inset space ~
28942 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28954 \begin_layout Description
28956 \begin_inset space ~
28960 \begin_inset space ~
28963 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28972 also for the spellchecker.
28976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28977 The encodings are explained in section
28978 \begin_inset space ~
28982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28984 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28993 Only enable this if you use
28997 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28998 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28999 so this is disabled by default.
29002 \begin_layout Section
29004 \begin_inset Index idx
29007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29016 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29024 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29025 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29037 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29046 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29047 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29048 are available for many languages.
29051 \begin_layout Standard
29052 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29056 \begin_layout Subsection
29057 Setting up the thesaurus
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29065 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29070 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29075 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29081 en_EN for English).
29082 For instance, the English files are named:
29085 \begin_layout Itemize
29089 \begin_layout Itemize
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29095 already on your system.
29096 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29097 \begin_inset Flex URL
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29108 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29113 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29115 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29116 unpack a zip archive.
29119 \begin_layout Standard
29128 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29129 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29131 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29132 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29136 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29139 \begin_layout Subsection
29140 Using the thesaurus
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29146 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29149 or the toolbar button
29150 \begin_inset Graphics
29151 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29153 rotateOrigin center
29157 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29159 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29161 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29162 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29163 and hyponyms (such as
29171 ), compounds (such as
29175 ) and antonyms (such as
29183 ), which are marked as such.
29186 \begin_layout Standard
29187 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29188 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29193 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29194 the dictionary, such as the above
29198 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29203 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29204 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29205 For example looking up the word forms
29213 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29218 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29231 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29232 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29233 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29236 \begin_layout Subsection
29237 License of the Thesaurus library
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29245 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29250 as a standalone program.
29251 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29252 The library was released under the
29254 Berkeley Database License
29256 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29257 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29258 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29260 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29263 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29267 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29270 \begin_layout Section
29272 \begin_inset Index idx
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 \begin_inset Index idx
29285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29286 Document ! Change Tracking
29292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29294 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29302 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29303 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29304 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29305 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29307 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29309 \begin_inset space ~
29312 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29314 \begin_inset space ~
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29337 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29338 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29341 \begin_inset space ~
29345 \begin_inset space ~
29355 \begin_inset Index idx
29358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29359 Color ! Change tracking
29364 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29365 the cursor is in changed text.
29366 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29367 \begin_inset Graphics
29368 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29370 rotateOrigin center
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29378 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29379 \begin_inset Index idx
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 \begin_layout Standard
29392 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 \begin_inset Graphics
29400 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29407 \begin_layout Standard
29408 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29415 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29420 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29426 \begin_layout Standard
29427 \begin_inset Tabular
29428 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29429 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29430 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29431 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 \begin_inset Graphics
29438 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29439 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29440 rotateOrigin center
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29457 \begin_inset space ~
29460 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29462 \begin_inset space ~
29471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 \begin_inset Graphics
29477 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29479 rotateOrigin center
29488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29496 \begin_inset space ~
29499 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29501 \begin_inset space ~
29505 \begin_inset space ~
29509 \begin_inset space ~
29518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 \begin_inset Graphics
29524 filename ../images/change-next.png
29525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29526 rotateOrigin center
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29539 Jumps to the next change
29545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 \begin_inset Graphics
29551 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29553 rotateOrigin center
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29570 \begin_inset space ~
29573 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29575 \begin_inset space ~
29584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 \begin_inset Graphics
29590 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29591 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29592 rotateOrigin center
29601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29609 \begin_inset space ~
29612 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29614 \begin_inset space ~
29623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29628 \begin_inset Graphics
29629 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29631 rotateOrigin center
29640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29646 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29648 \begin_inset space ~
29651 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29653 \begin_inset space ~
29662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29667 \begin_inset Graphics
29668 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29670 rotateOrigin center
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29687 \begin_inset space ~
29690 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29692 \begin_inset space ~
29696 \begin_inset space ~
29705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29710 \begin_inset Graphics
29711 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29713 rotateOrigin center
29722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29730 \begin_inset space ~
29733 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29735 \begin_inset space ~
29739 \begin_inset space ~
29748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 \begin_inset Graphics
29754 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29756 rotateOrigin center
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29772 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29774 \begin_inset space ~
29783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 \begin_inset Graphics
29789 filename ../images/note-next.png
29790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29791 rotateOrigin center
29800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29808 \begin_inset space ~
29824 \begin_layout Standard
29825 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29831 \begin_layout Standard
29832 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29833 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29834 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29835 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29836 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29837 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29838 step to the next change.
29839 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29843 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29844 to describe a change.
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29848 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29853 \begin_inset Index idx
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29863 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29870 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29873 \begin_layout Section
29874 International Support
29875 \begin_inset Index idx
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 International support
29887 \begin_layout Standard
29888 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29889 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29890 how to set up LyX to use them:
29891 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29893 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29900 \begin_layout Standard
29901 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29902 \begin_inset space ~
29906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29908 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29915 \begin_layout Subsection
29917 \begin_inset Index idx
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29927 \begin_inset Index idx
29930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 Document ! Settings
29937 \begin_inset Index idx
29940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 Document ! Language
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29952 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29955 dialog lets you set
29957 the language and character encoding for your language.
29961 \begin_layout Standard
29962 Choose your language in the
29966 section of this dialog.
29974 \begin_layout Standard
29979 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29984 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29985 For details about the different encoding options see section
29986 \begin_inset space ~
29990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29992 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29999 \begin_layout Subsection
30000 Keyboard mapping configuration
30001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30003 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30011 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30012 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30013 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30014 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30015 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30017 \begin_inset space ~
30021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30023 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30028 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30029 which one you want to use.
30032 \begin_layout Standard
30033 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30034 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30035 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30036 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30037 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30038 one to support the characters you want.
30039 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30046 \begin_layout Subsection
30050 \begin_layout Standard
30052 \begin_inset space ~
30056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30058 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30067 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30071 \begin_layout Standard
30072 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30073 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30081 \begin_layout Itemize
30082 Even if you have selected
30088 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30091 dialog, users who have only the
30095 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30099 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30100 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30101 french quotes won't show up.
30104 \begin_layout Standard
30105 \begin_inset Float table
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 \begin_inset Caption
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30116 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 \begin_inset Tabular
30135 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30136 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34569 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34570 also the characters from
34582 \begin_layout Itemize
34591 \begin_layout Standard
34592 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34593 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34600 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34608 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34615 \begin_layout Standard
34616 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34639 \begin_layout Standard
34641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34648 \begin_layout Itemize
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34671 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34685 \begin_layout Standard
34687 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34695 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34703 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34711 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34712 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34713 Also make sure you're using the
34720 \begin_layout Chapter
34723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34725 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34733 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34734 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34735 topic inside the user's guide.
34738 \begin_layout Section
34740 \begin_inset Index idx
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34752 \begin_layout Standard
34757 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34758 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34761 \begin_layout Subsection
34765 \begin_layout Standard
34766 Creates a new document.
34769 \begin_layout Subsection
34773 \begin_layout Standard
34774 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34775 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34776 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34779 \begin_layout Subsection
34783 \begin_layout Standard
34787 \begin_layout Subsection
34791 \begin_layout Standard
34792 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34793 Click there on a file to open it.
34796 \begin_layout Subsection
34800 \begin_layout Standard
34801 Closes the current document.
34804 \begin_layout Subsection
34808 \begin_layout Standard
34809 Closes all opened documents.
34812 \begin_layout Subsection
34816 \begin_layout Standard
34817 Saves the actual document.
34820 \begin_layout Subsection
34824 \begin_layout Standard
34825 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34828 \begin_layout Subsection
34832 \begin_layout Standard
34833 Saves all opened documents.
34836 \begin_layout Subsection
34840 \begin_layout Standard
34841 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34844 \begin_layout Subsection
34848 \begin_layout Standard
34849 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34850 It is described in the section
34852 Version Control in LyX
34856 Additional Features
34861 \begin_layout Subsection
34865 \begin_layout Standard
34866 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34867 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34868 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34869 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34873 When using the menu entry
34876 \begin_inset space ~
34881 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34885 \begin_inset space ~
34889 \begin_inset space ~
34894 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34895 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34898 \begin_layout Subsection
34900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34909 \begin_layout Standard
34910 You can export your document to various file formats.
34911 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34912 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34913 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34916 \begin_layout Standard
34917 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34919 \begin_inset space ~
34923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34925 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34932 \begin_layout Description
34936 \begin_inset space ~
34941 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34943 \begin_inset Newline newline
34946 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34949 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_layout Description
34958 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34962 \begin_layout Description
34964 \begin_inset space ~
34968 \begin_inset space ~
34971 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34975 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34983 \begin_layout Description
34990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34998 \begin_inset space ~
35003 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35004 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35008 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35011 \begin_layout Description
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35026 \begin_inset space ~
35031 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35032 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35040 \begin_layout Description
35042 \begin_inset space ~
35045 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35053 is replaced by the version number)
35056 \begin_layout Description
35057 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35060 \begin_layout Description
35061 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35074 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35078 \begin_layout Description
35082 \begin_inset space ~
35087 PDF-format using the program
35092 \begin_layout Description
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35101 PDF-format using the program
35106 \begin_layout Description
35110 \begin_inset space ~
35115 PDF-format using the program
35120 \begin_layout Description
35124 \begin_inset space ~
35132 \begin_layout Description
35136 \begin_inset space ~
35140 \begin_inset space ~
35145 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35146 and then exported as text using the program
35151 \begin_layout Description
35156 PostScript format using the program
35161 \begin_layout Description
35169 \begin_layout Standard
35174 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35175 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35181 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35184 \begin_layout Standard
35185 If one of the menu entries
35192 \begin_inset space ~
35201 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35202 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35203 \begin_inset space ~
35207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35209 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35214 \begin_inset Index idx
35217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35218 Reconfiguration of LyX
35226 \begin_layout Standard
35231 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35232 the export program.
35235 \begin_layout Subsection
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35240 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35241 format or send it to a printer.
35242 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35243 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35249 For more information have a look at section
35250 \begin_inset space ~
35254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35256 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35263 \begin_layout Subsection
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35269 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35270 prefix, see section
35271 \begin_inset space ~
35275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35277 reference "sec:Paths"
35282 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35291 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35292 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35293 \begin_inset space ~
35297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35299 reference "sub:Converters"
35306 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 New and Close Window
35310 \begin_layout Standard
35311 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35314 \begin_layout Subsection
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35319 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35322 \begin_layout Section
35324 \begin_inset Index idx
35327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35341 Described in section
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35348 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35355 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35360 Described in section
35361 \begin_inset space ~
35365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35367 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35374 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35379 Selects the whole document.
35382 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_layout Standard
35387 Described in section
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35394 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35401 \begin_layout Subsection
35402 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35405 \begin_layout Standard
35406 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35410 \begin_layout Subsection
35414 \begin_layout Standard
35415 Described in section
35416 \begin_inset space ~
35420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35422 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35429 \begin_layout Subsection
35431 \begin_inset Index idx
35434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35435 Paragraph ! Settings
35443 \begin_layout Standard
35444 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35445 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35448 \begin_layout Standard
35449 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35450 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35458 \begin_inset space ~
35466 \begin_layout Subsection
35467 Table Settings and Math
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35471 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35473 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35474 The properties of tables are described in section
35475 \begin_inset space ~
35479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35481 reference "sec:Tables"
35485 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35486 \begin_inset space ~
35490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35492 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35499 \begin_layout Subsection
35500 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35503 \begin_layout Standard
35504 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35505 that can be nested.
35506 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35507 \begin_inset space ~
35511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35513 reference "sec:Nesting"
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35527 \begin_layout Section
35529 \begin_inset Index idx
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35541 \begin_layout Standard
35546 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35547 document with an external program.
35548 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35549 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35550 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35551 \begin_inset space ~
35555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35557 reference "sub:Export"
35562 You should at least see the menu entries
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35575 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35576 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35577 \begin_inset space ~
35581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35583 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35588 \begin_inset Index idx
35591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35592 Reconfiguration of LyX
35600 \begin_layout Standard
35601 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35602 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35603 \begin_inset space ~
35607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35609 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35614 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35617 \begin_layout Standard
35618 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35621 At the bottom of the
35625 menu the opened documents are listed.
35628 \begin_layout Subsection
35629 Open/Close all Insets
35632 \begin_layout Standard
35633 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35637 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35644 \begin_layout Standard
35645 Math macros are described in the
35652 \begin_layout Subsection
35656 \begin_layout Standard
35657 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35659 \begin_inset space ~
35663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35665 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35672 \begin_layout Subsection
35676 \begin_layout Standard
35677 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35678 opening a new view window.
35681 \begin_layout Subsection
35685 \begin_layout Standard
35686 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35687 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35688 view the same document, but at different positions.
35689 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35690 or more documents at the same time.
35691 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35698 \begin_layout Subsection
35702 \begin_layout Standard
35703 Closes a split view.
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35712 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35713 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35714 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35715 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35718 \begin_layout Subsection
35720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35722 name "sub:Toolbars"
35727 \begin_inset Index idx
35730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 \begin_layout Standard
35740 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35741 All toolbars and the
35744 \begin_inset space ~
35749 can be turned on and off.
35754 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35766 \begin_inset space ~
35775 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35779 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35786 \begin_layout Standard
35791 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35795 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35796 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35797 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35798 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35799 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35802 \begin_layout Standard
35803 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35804 \begin_inset space ~
35808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35810 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35817 \begin_layout Section
35819 \begin_inset Index idx
35822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35831 \begin_layout Subsection
35835 \begin_layout Standard
35836 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35837 \begin_inset space ~
35841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35843 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35854 \begin_layout Subsection
35856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35858 name "sub:Special-Character"
35865 \begin_layout Standard
35866 Here you can insert the following characters:
35869 \begin_layout Description
35870 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35871 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35872 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35873 \begin_inset Newline newline
35877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 Not all characters will be visible in the
35889 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35897 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35901 ) can display every character.
35909 \begin_layout Description
35910 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35914 \begin_layout Description
35916 \begin_inset space ~
35920 \begin_inset space ~
35923 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35924 \begin_inset space ~
35928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35930 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35937 \begin_layout Description
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35942 Quote Inserts this quote:
35943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35946 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35958 \begin_layout Description
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35963 Quote Inserts this quote:
35964 \begin_inset Quotes els
35970 \begin_layout Description
35972 \begin_inset space ~
35975 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35979 \begin_layout Description
35981 \begin_inset space ~
35984 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35988 \begin_layout Description
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35993 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35997 \begin_layout Description
35999 \begin_inset space ~
36003 \begin_inset Index idx
36006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36013 \begin_inset Index idx
36016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36022 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36023 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36024 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36029 \begin_inset Index idx
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36033 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36039 \begin_inset Newline newline
36042 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36046 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36054 and this Wiki-page:
36055 \begin_inset Newline newline
36059 \begin_inset Flex URL
36062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36064 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36072 \begin_layout Subsection
36076 \begin_layout Standard
36077 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36080 \begin_layout Description
36081 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36082 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36088 \begin_layout Description
36089 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36090 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36096 \begin_layout Description
36098 \begin_inset space ~
36101 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36102 \begin_inset space ~
36106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36108 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36115 \begin_layout Description
36117 \begin_inset space ~
36120 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36121 \begin_inset space ~
36125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36127 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36134 \begin_layout Description
36136 \begin_inset space ~
36139 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36140 \begin_inset space ~
36144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36146 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36153 \begin_layout Description
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36158 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36165 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36172 \begin_layout Description
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36177 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36191 \begin_layout Description
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36196 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36203 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36210 \begin_layout Description
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36215 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36222 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36229 \begin_layout Description
36231 \begin_inset space ~
36234 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36241 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36248 \begin_layout Description
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36257 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36258 \begin_inset space ~
36262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36264 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36271 \begin_layout Description
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36276 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36277 text line to the page border, see section
36278 \begin_inset space ~
36282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36284 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36291 \begin_layout Description
36293 \begin_inset space ~
36296 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36297 \begin_inset space ~
36301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36303 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36310 \begin_layout Description
36312 \begin_inset space ~
36315 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36316 text page to the page border, described in section
36317 \begin_inset space ~
36321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36323 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36330 \begin_layout Description
36332 \begin_inset space ~
36335 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36336 \begin_inset space ~
36340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36342 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36349 \begin_layout Description
36351 \begin_inset space ~
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36358 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36359 \begin_inset space ~
36363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36365 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36372 \begin_layout Subsection
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36378 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sec:toc"
36391 The index list is described in section
36392 \begin_inset space ~
36396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36398 reference "sec:Index"
36402 , the nomenclature in section
36403 \begin_inset space ~
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36409 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36413 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36414 \begin_inset space ~
36418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36420 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36427 \begin_layout Subsection
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36432 To insert floats, described in section
36433 \begin_inset space ~
36437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36439 reference "sec:Floats"
36446 \begin_layout Subsection
36450 \begin_layout Standard
36451 To insert notes, described in section
36452 \begin_inset space ~
36456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36458 reference "sec:Notes"
36465 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36471 \begin_inset space ~
36475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36477 reference "sec:Branches"
36484 \begin_layout Subsection
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36490 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36492 An example is the document class
36493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36500 with three custom insets.
36503 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36509 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36512 \begin_layout Subsection
36514 \begin_inset Index idx
36517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 \begin_layout Standard
36527 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36528 files in your document.
36529 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36540 \begin_layout Subsection
36542 \begin_inset Index idx
36545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 \begin_layout Standard
36555 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36556 \begin_inset space ~
36560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36562 reference "sec:Minipages"
36567 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36578 \begin_layout Subsection
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 Inserts a citation as described in section
36584 \begin_inset space ~
36588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36590 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36597 \begin_layout Subsection
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36603 \begin_inset space ~
36607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36609 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36616 \begin_layout Subsection
36620 \begin_layout Standard
36621 Inserts a label as described in section
36622 \begin_inset space ~
36626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36628 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36635 \begin_layout Subsection
36637 \begin_inset Index idx
36640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36647 \begin_inset Index idx
36650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 Longtables ! Caption
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36661 Floats are described in section
36662 \begin_inset space ~
36666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36668 reference "sec:Floats"
36672 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36683 \begin_layout Subsection
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36688 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36695 reference "sec:Index"
36702 \begin_layout Subsection
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36708 \begin_inset space ~
36712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36714 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36721 \begin_layout Subsection
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36727 Tables are described in section
36728 \begin_inset space ~
36732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36734 reference "sec:Tables"
36741 \begin_layout Subsection
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36747 Graphics are described in section
36748 \begin_inset space ~
36752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36754 reference "sec:Graphics"
36761 \begin_layout Subsection
36765 \begin_layout Standard
36766 Inserts an URL as described in section
36767 \begin_inset space ~
36771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36773 reference "sub:URLs"
36780 \begin_layout Subsection
36784 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36786 \begin_inset space ~
36790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36792 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36799 \begin_layout Subsection
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36804 Inserts a footnote, see section
36805 \begin_inset space ~
36809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36811 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36818 \begin_layout Subsection
36822 \begin_layout Standard
36823 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36824 \begin_inset space ~
36828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36830 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36837 \begin_layout Subsection
36841 \begin_layout Standard
36842 Inserts a short title, see section
36843 \begin_inset space ~
36847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36849 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36862 \begin_inset space ~
36866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36868 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36875 \begin_layout Subsection
36877 \begin_inset Index idx
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 \begin_layout Standard
36890 Inserts a program listings box.
36891 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36893 Program Code Listings
36902 \begin_layout Subsection
36906 \begin_layout Standard
36907 Inserts the actual date.
36908 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36910 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36922 \begin_layout Section
36924 \begin_inset Index idx
36927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 \begin_layout Standard
36937 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36938 \begin_inset space ~
36941 of the current document.
36942 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36945 \begin_layout Subsection
36949 \begin_layout Standard
36950 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36951 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36957 \begin_inset space \space{}
36961 \begin_inset space ~
36965 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36966 \begin_inset space ~
36969 2.5 and use the menu
36972 \begin_inset space ~
36976 \begin_inset space ~
36983 \begin_inset space ~
36989 \begin_inset space ~
36993 \begin_inset space ~
36999 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37003 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37009 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37015 \begin_layout Standard
37016 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37017 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37020 \begin_layout Subsection
37021 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37024 \begin_layout Standard
37025 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37029 \begin_layout Subsection
37033 \begin_layout Standard
37034 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37035 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37036 on a cross-reference box.
37039 \begin_layout Section
37041 \begin_inset Index idx
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37053 \begin_layout Subsection
37057 \begin_layout Standard
37058 Change Tracking is described in section
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37065 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37072 \begin_layout Subsection
37077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 \begin_layout Standard
37088 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37090 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37093 \begin_layout Standard
37094 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37099 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37102 \begin_layout Subsection
37106 \begin_layout Standard
37107 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37108 \begin_inset space ~
37112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37114 reference "sec:Navigating"
37119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37121 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37128 \begin_layout Subsection
37129 Start Appendix Here
37132 \begin_layout Standard
37133 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37134 position as described in section
37135 \begin_inset space ~
37139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37141 reference "sec:Appendices"
37148 \begin_layout Subsection
37152 \begin_layout Standard
37153 Un/compresses the current document.
37156 \begin_layout Subsection
37160 \begin_layout Standard
37161 The document settings are described in appendix
37162 \begin_inset space ~
37166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37168 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37175 \begin_layout Section
37177 \begin_inset Index idx
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 \begin_layout Subsection
37193 \begin_layout Standard
37194 Spell checking is explained in section
37195 \begin_inset space ~
37199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37201 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37208 \begin_layout Subsection
37212 \begin_layout Standard
37213 The thesaurus is described in section
37214 \begin_inset space ~
37218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37220 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37227 \begin_layout Subsection
37229 \begin_inset Index idx
37232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37239 \begin_inset Index idx
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37251 \begin_layout Standard
37252 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37253 highlighted document part.
37256 \begin_layout Subsection
37258 \begin_inset Index idx
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37270 \begin_layout Standard
37271 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37274 \begin_layout Subsection
37276 \begin_inset Index idx
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37280 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 Reconfiguration of LyX
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 \begin_inset Index idx
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 Reconfiguration of LyX
37320 \begin_layout Standard
37321 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37322 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37323 \begin_inset space ~
37327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37329 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37336 \begin_layout Subsection
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37341 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37348 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37355 \begin_layout Section
37357 \begin_inset Index idx
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 \begin_layout Standard
37370 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37374 \begin_layout Standard
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37383 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37384 found by LyX (see also section
37385 \begin_inset space ~
37389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37391 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37398 \begin_layout Section
37400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37402 name "sec:Toolbars"
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37410 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37411 \begin_inset space ~
37415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37417 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37426 This is described in the
37428 Additional Features
37433 \begin_layout Subsection
37435 \begin_inset Index idx
37438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37448 \begin_inset Graphics
37449 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37457 \begin_layout Standard
37458 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37464 \begin_layout Standard
37465 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 \begin_inset Note Note
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37491 manual for more information.
37499 \begin_layout Standard
37500 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37506 \begin_layout Standard
37507 \begin_inset Tabular
37508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37509 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 \begin_inset Graphics
37518 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37532 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37545 \begin_layout Standard
37546 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37552 \begin_layout Standard
37554 \begin_inset Tabular
37555 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37556 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37557 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37558 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 \begin_inset Graphics
37567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37583 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 \begin_inset Graphics
37596 filename ../images/file-open.png
37597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37641 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 \begin_inset Graphics
37654 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 \begin_inset Graphics
37683 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 \begin_inset Graphics
37712 filename ../images/undo.png
37713 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37728 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 \begin_inset Graphics
37741 filename ../images/redo.png
37742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 \begin_inset Graphics
37770 filename ../images/cut.png
37771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37786 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 \begin_inset Graphics
37799 filename ../images/copy.png
37800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 \begin_inset Graphics
37828 filename ../images/paste.png
37829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 \begin_inset Graphics
37857 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37859 rotateOrigin center
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37894 \begin_inset Graphics
37895 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37896 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37897 rotateOrigin center
37906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37913 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37925 \begin_inset Graphics
37926 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37942 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37944 \begin_inset space ~
37955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37960 \begin_inset Graphics
37961 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37975 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37977 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37979 \begin_inset space ~
37990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37995 \begin_inset Graphics
37996 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Formats text using the current settings in the
38012 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38014 \begin_inset space ~
38025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 \begin_inset Graphics
38031 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38048 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38050 \begin_inset space ~
38059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 \begin_inset Graphics
38065 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38066 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38067 rotateOrigin center
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 \begin_inset Graphics
38095 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38096 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38097 rotateOrigin center
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 \begin_inset Graphics
38125 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38127 rotateOrigin center
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 Toggle outline window on/off,
38142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset Graphics
38155 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38157 rotateOrigin center
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38181 \begin_inset Graphics
38182 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38183 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38184 rotateOrigin center
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38210 \begin_layout Subsection
38212 \begin_inset Index idx
38215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38224 \begin_layout Standard
38225 \begin_inset Graphics
38226 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38234 \begin_layout Standard
38235 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38246 \begin_layout Standard
38247 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38253 \begin_layout Standard
38254 \begin_inset Tabular
38255 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38256 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38257 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38258 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 \begin_inset Graphics
38265 filename ../images/layout.png
38266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38267 rotateOrigin center
38276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 \begin_inset Graphics
38292 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38294 rotateOrigin center
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 \begin_inset Graphics
38319 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38320 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38321 rotateOrigin center
38330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 \begin_inset Graphics
38346 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38348 rotateOrigin center
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 \begin_inset Graphics
38373 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38375 rotateOrigin center
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38394 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38399 \begin_inset Graphics
38400 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38401 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38402 rotateOrigin center
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38423 \begin_inset space ~
38432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38437 \begin_inset Graphics
38438 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38439 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38440 rotateOrigin center
38449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38457 \begin_inset space ~
38461 \begin_inset space ~
38470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38475 \begin_inset Graphics
38476 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38493 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38523 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 \begin_inset Graphics
38536 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38564 \begin_inset Graphics
38565 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38588 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38593 \begin_inset Graphics
38594 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 \begin_inset Graphics
38623 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38641 \begin_inset space ~
38650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 \begin_inset Graphics
38656 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38674 \begin_inset space ~
38683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38688 \begin_inset Graphics
38689 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38690 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38717 \begin_inset Graphics
38718 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38719 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38720 rotateOrigin center
38729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38737 \begin_inset space ~
38746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38751 \begin_inset Graphics
38752 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38769 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 \begin_inset Graphics
38786 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 \begin_inset Graphics
38815 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38843 \begin_inset Graphics
38844 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38887 \begin_inset Graphics
38888 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38905 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38917 \begin_inset Graphics
38918 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38935 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38937 \begin_inset space ~
38946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38951 \begin_inset Graphics
38952 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38954 rotateOrigin center
38963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38985 \begin_inset Graphics
38986 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38988 rotateOrigin center
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39003 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39019 \begin_inset Graphics
39020 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39022 rotateOrigin center
39031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39037 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39051 \begin_layout Subsection
39052 View / Update Toolbar
39053 \begin_inset Index idx
39056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39057 Toolbar ! View / Update
39065 \begin_layout Standard
39066 \begin_inset Graphics
39067 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39074 \begin_layout Standard
39075 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39081 \begin_layout Standard
39082 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39086 \begin_layout Standard
39087 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 \begin_inset Tabular
39095 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39096 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39097 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39098 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 \begin_inset Graphics
39105 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39107 rotateOrigin center
39116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 \begin_inset Graphics
39135 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39137 rotateOrigin center
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39165 \begin_inset Graphics
39166 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39167 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39168 rotateOrigin center
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39190 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39195 \begin_inset Graphics
39196 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39197 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39198 rotateOrigin center
39207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39214 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39226 \begin_inset Graphics
39227 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39229 rotateOrigin center
39238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39256 \begin_inset Graphics
39257 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39259 rotateOrigin center
39268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39274 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39275 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39289 \begin_layout Subsection
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39301 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39305 , the table toolbar
39306 \begin_inset Index idx
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39319 manual, the math macro toolbar
39320 \begin_inset Index idx
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39336 \begin_layout Chapter
39337 The Document Settings
39338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39340 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39345 \begin_inset Index idx
39348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39349 Document ! Settings
39357 \begin_layout Standard
39358 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39359 whole document and is called with the menu
39361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39365 You can save your document settings as default with th
39367 e Save as Document Defaults
39369 button in the dialog.
39370 This will create a template name
39378 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39382 \begin_layout Standard
39383 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39386 \begin_layout Section
39390 \begin_layout Standard
39391 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39393 Document classes are described in section
39394 \begin_inset space ~
39398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39400 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39405 Some classes use some class options by default.
39406 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39410 and you can decide to use them or not.
39411 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39412 recommended not to touch them.
39413 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39419 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39420 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39426 When you want one of the following drivers
39427 \begin_inset Newline newline
39430 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39431 \begin_inset Newline newline
39434 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39439 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39441 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39454 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39455 child or subdocument.
39456 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39457 without its master.
39458 This way child documents are always compilable.
39459 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39470 \begin_layout Section
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39475 Modules are explained in section
39476 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39482 reference "sub:Modules"
39489 \begin_layout Section
39493 \begin_layout Standard
39494 The document font settings are described in section
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39501 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39508 \begin_layout Section
39512 \begin_layout Standard
39513 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39515 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39519 \begin_layout Standard
39520 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39521 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39522 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39525 \begin_layout Standard
39526 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39534 \begin_layout Section
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39539 A description of this menu is given in section
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39546 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39553 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39560 \begin_layout Section
39564 \begin_layout Standard
39565 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39572 reference "sub:Margins"
39579 \begin_layout Section
39581 \begin_inset Index idx
39584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39585 Language ! Encoding
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39594 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39595 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39596 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39597 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39598 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39599 known for a particular character).
39603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39604 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39605 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39610 manual for details.
39618 \begin_layout Standard
39619 If you use the option
39623 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39624 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39625 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39626 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39627 exactly one encoding.
39628 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39637 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39638 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39640 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39655 \begin_layout Standard
39656 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39657 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39658 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39659 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39660 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39661 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39666 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39667 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39668 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39671 \begin_layout Standard
39672 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39675 \begin_layout Description
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39692 , but the LaTeX-package
39697 \begin_inset Index idx
39700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39701 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39707 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39708 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39709 languages in TeX code.
39712 \begin_layout Description
39713 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39714 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39715 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39718 \begin_layout Description
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39727 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39730 \begin_layout Description
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39739 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39742 \begin_layout Description
39744 \begin_inset space ~
39747 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39750 \begin_layout Description
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39759 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39760 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39763 \begin_layout Description
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39772 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39776 \begin_layout Description
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39785 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39786 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39789 \begin_layout Description
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset space ~
39802 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39803 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_layout Description
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39822 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39823 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39835 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39836 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39837 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39857 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39858 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39859 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39860 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39865 \begin_inset space ~
39871 \begin_layout Description
39873 \begin_inset space ~
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39880 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39883 \begin_layout Description
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39889 \begin_inset space ~
39892 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39895 \begin_layout Description
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39904 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39907 \begin_layout Description
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39912 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39915 \begin_layout Description
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39920 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39932 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39935 \begin_layout Description
39937 \begin_inset space ~
39941 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_layout Description
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39953 \begin_inset space ~
39956 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39959 \begin_layout Description
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_layout Description
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39980 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39985 \begin_inset Index idx
39988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39989 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39994 , when using this, set the document language to
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40008 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40012 , when using this, set the document language to
40017 \begin_layout Description
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40026 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40031 \begin_inset Index idx
40034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40035 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40040 , when using this, set the document language to
40045 \begin_layout Description
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40054 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40058 , when using this, set the document language to
40063 \begin_layout Description
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40076 , when using this, set the document language to
40081 \begin_layout Description
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40086 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40089 \begin_layout Description
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40099 \begin_inset space ~
40102 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40105 \begin_layout Description
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40118 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40119 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40120 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40123 \begin_layout Description
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_inset space ~
40135 \begin_layout Description
40137 \begin_inset space ~
40141 \begin_inset space ~
40144 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40145 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40148 \begin_layout Description
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40154 \begin_inset space ~
40157 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40162 \begin_inset Index idx
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40166 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40171 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40174 \begin_layout Description
40176 \begin_inset space ~
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40183 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40187 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40196 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40211 \begin_layout Description
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40220 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40225 \begin_inset Index idx
40228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40229 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40234 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40237 \begin_layout Description
40239 \begin_inset space ~
40242 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40247 \begin_inset Index idx
40250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40251 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40257 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40261 \begin_layout Description
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40271 \begin_inset space ~
40274 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_layout Description
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_inset space ~
40291 \begin_inset space ~
40294 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40295 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40296 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40300 \begin_layout Description
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40310 \begin_inset space ~
40313 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40314 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40317 \begin_layout Section
40321 \begin_layout Standard
40322 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40323 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40330 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40337 \begin_layout Section
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40342 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40347 \begin_inset Index idx
40350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40351 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40361 \begin_inset Index idx
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40370 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40375 \begin_inset Index idx
40378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40384 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40386 For a further description see section
40387 \begin_inset space ~
40391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40393 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40400 \begin_layout Section
40404 \begin_layout Standard
40405 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40406 and you can define additional indexes.
40407 Please refer to section
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40414 reference "sec:Index"
40421 \begin_layout Section
40425 \begin_layout Standard
40426 The PDF properties are explained in section
40427 \begin_inset space ~
40431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40433 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40440 \begin_layout Section
40444 \begin_layout Standard
40445 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40450 \begin_inset Index idx
40453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40454 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40464 \begin_inset Index idx
40467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40473 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40476 \begin_layout Standard
40481 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40482 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40485 \begin_layout Standard
40490 is used for special integral characters.
40493 \begin_layout Section
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40498 The float placement options are described in section
40499 \begin_inset space ~
40503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40505 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40512 \begin_layout Section
40516 \begin_layout Standard
40517 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40518 The itemize environment is described in section
40519 \begin_inset space ~
40523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40525 reference "sec:Itemize"
40532 \begin_layout Section
40536 \begin_layout Standard
40537 Branches are described in section
40538 \begin_inset space ~
40542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40544 reference "sec:Branches"
40551 \begin_layout Section
40556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40566 \begin_layout Standard
40567 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40568 to define LaTeX-commands.
40569 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40570 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40574 \begin_layout Standard
40575 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40576 \begin_inset space ~
40580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40582 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40589 \begin_layout Chapter
40595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40597 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40602 \begin_inset Index idx
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 \begin_layout Standard
40615 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40617 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40621 It has the following submenus.
40624 \begin_layout Section
40628 \begin_layout Subsection
40632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40633 User Interface File
40634 \begin_inset Index idx
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40638 Customization ! of toolbars
40644 \begin_inset Index idx
40647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40648 Customization ! of menus
40656 \begin_layout Standard
40657 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40676 interface (ui) file.
40677 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40678 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40687 Both files are loaded by the
40692 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40693 files and edit the entries.
40696 \begin_layout Standard
40697 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40709 entries must be ended with an explicit
40734 and in the case of the
40735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40747 The syntax for the entries is:
40750 \begin_layout Standard
40751 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40779 \begin_layout Standard
40781 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40784 All LyX-functions are listed in
40785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40802 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40804 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40807 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40838 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40841 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40844 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40848 \begin_layout Standard
40851 Enable tool tips in main work area
40853 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40861 \begin_layout Standard
40865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40872 restoring of window layout and geometries
40874 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40875 in the last LyX session.
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40881 Restore cursor positions
40883 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40887 \begin_layout Standard
40890 Load opened files from last session
40892 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40899 name "sub:Backup documents"
40904 \begin_inset Index idx
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_layout Standard
40921 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40929 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40934 \begin_inset space ~
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40945 Open documents in tabs
40947 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40951 \begin_layout Subsection
40953 \begin_inset Index idx
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40965 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40972 \begin_layout Standard
40973 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40976 \begin_layout Standard
40977 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 This section only deals with the fonts
40990 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40993 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41005 \begin_layout Standard
41006 By default, LyX uses
41010 as roman (serif) font,
41018 (depends on the system) as
41021 \begin_inset space ~
41037 \begin_layout Standard
41038 You can change the font size with the
41043 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41044 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41047 \begin_layout Standard
41052 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41053 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41058 points have the size of 1
41059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41063 \begin_inset space ~
41067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41069 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41076 \begin_layout Standard
41081 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41086 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41093 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41100 \begin_layout Standard
41103 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41105 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41106 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41107 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41108 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41110 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41111 \begin_inset space ~
41117 \begin_layout Subsection
41119 \begin_inset Index idx
41122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 \begin_inset Index idx
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 \begin_layout Standard
41142 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41143 Choose an item in the list and use the
41150 \begin_layout Subsection
41152 \begin_inset Index idx
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41164 \begin_layout Standard
41165 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41168 \begin_layout Standard
41173 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41174 This feature is described in section
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41181 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41188 \begin_layout Standard
41192 \begin_inset space ~
41196 \begin_inset space ~
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41205 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41208 \begin_layout Section
41210 \begin_inset Index idx
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41222 \begin_layout Subsection
41226 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41230 \begin_layout Standard
41233 Cursor follows scrollbar
41235 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41239 \begin_layout Standard
41242 Sort environments alphabetically
41244 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41247 \begin_layout Standard
41250 Group environments by their category
41252 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41255 \begin_layout Standard
41256 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41272 \begin_layout Standard
41273 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41278 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41279 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41283 \begin_layout Subsection
41285 \begin_inset Index idx
41288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 \begin_inset Index idx
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 Settings ! Shortcuts
41307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41311 \begin_layout Standard
41312 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41313 Several binding files are available:
41316 \begin_layout Description
41317 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41320 \begin_layout Description
41321 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41332 \begin_layout Description
41333 mac.bind set of bindings for
41336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41344 \begin_layout Standard
41345 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41349 , and bind files for special languages.
41350 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41355 \begin_inset space \space{}
41359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41367 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41371 \begin_layout Standard
41372 Some bind-files, like
41376 , have only a small scope.
41377 When looking at the end of the file
41381 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41388 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41393 \begin_inset Index idx
41396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41397 Key Bindings ! Editing
41405 \begin_layout Standard
41406 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41407 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41408 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41411 Show key-bindings containing
41414 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41415 Insert there for example as keyword
41416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41423 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41433 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41434 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41438 that you will find in the
41445 \begin_layout Standard
41447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41451 \begin_inset space \space{}
41462 , select the function and press the
41467 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41468 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41469 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41470 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41471 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41473 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41475 The binding for the function
41479 is an example of this.
41482 \begin_layout Standard
41483 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41485 The syntax of the entries is:
41488 \begin_layout Standard
41494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41512 \begin_layout Subsection
41514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41524 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41529 \begin_inset Index idx
41532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41539 \begin_inset Index idx
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41543 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41551 \begin_layout Standard
41552 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41553 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41559 \begin_inset space \space{}
41562 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41563 can use the keyboard map file named
41570 \begin_layout Standard
41571 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41587 \begin_layout Standard
41588 Besides this, you can specify here the
41590 Wheel scrolling speed
41593 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41597 \begin_layout Subsection
41599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41601 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41606 \begin_inset Index idx
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 \begin_layout Standard
41619 Input completion is described in sec.
41620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41626 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41631 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41633 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41634 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41638 \begin_layout Section
41640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41647 \begin_inset Index idx
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41657 \begin_inset Index idx
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 \begin_layout Description
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41674 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41675 It is the default when you
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_layout Description
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41699 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41703 \begin_inset space ~
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41720 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41730 \begin_inset Newline newline
41734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41746 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41754 \begin_layout Description
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_inset Index idx
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41769 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41770 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41777 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41785 will be used to save the backups.
41786 \begin_inset Newline newline
41789 The backup files have the ending
41790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41800 \begin_layout Description
41805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41812 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41813 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41814 \begin_inset Newline newline
41818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41834 \begin_layout Description
41836 \begin_inset space ~
41839 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41842 \begin_layout Description
41844 \begin_inset space ~
41847 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41848 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41849 to find it on the system.
41850 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41851 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41860 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41861 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41865 \begin_layout Section
41869 \begin_layout Standard
41870 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41871 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41873 \begin_inset space ~
41877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41879 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41883 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41886 \begin_layout Section
41888 \begin_inset Index idx
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 Language ! Settings
41898 \begin_inset Index idx
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 Settings ! Language
41910 \begin_layout Subsection
41914 \begin_layout Description
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41920 \begin_inset space ~
41923 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41924 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41925 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41926 You find the actual translation status here:
41927 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41929 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41930 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41937 \begin_layout Description
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41942 language is the language used in new documents
41945 \begin_layout Description
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41950 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41952 The default is the LaTeX-command
41958 that loads the package
41966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41968 \begin_inset space ~
41972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41974 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41984 \begin_inset Newline newline
41991 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41992 to the document language.
41993 A text label is, for instance, the word
41994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42001 at the beginning of every table caption.
42004 \begin_layout Description
42006 \begin_inset space ~
42009 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42010 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42011 An example is the start command
42017 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42022 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42037 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42042 \begin_layout Description
42044 \begin_inset space ~
42052 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42053 command toggles the package on and off.
42056 \begin_layout Description
42058 \begin_inset space ~
42068 \begin_layout Description
42069 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42070 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42071 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42072 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42079 \begin_layout Description
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42084 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42086 When this option is not set, the
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42094 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42095 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42106 \begin_layout Description
42108 \begin_inset space ~
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42120 When it is not set, the
42123 \begin_inset space ~
42128 is set to the end of the document.
42131 \begin_layout Description
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42137 \begin_inset space ~
42140 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42141 language will be underlined blue.
42144 \begin_layout Description
42146 \begin_inset space ~
42150 \begin_inset space ~
42153 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42154 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42157 \begin_layout Description
42159 \begin_inset space ~
42162 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42163 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42164 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42165 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42168 \begin_layout Subsection
42172 \begin_layout Standard
42173 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42174 \begin_inset space ~
42178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42180 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42187 \begin_layout Section
42191 \begin_layout Subsection
42193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42200 \begin_inset Index idx
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 \begin_inset Index idx
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 \begin_layout Description
42224 \begin_inset space ~
42227 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42228 The name will be used when the
42233 \begin_inset Newline newline
42237 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42253 \begin_layout Description
42255 \begin_inset space ~
42259 \begin_inset space ~
42263 \begin_inset space ~
42266 printer This option works only for the
42271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42283 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42284 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42287 \begin_layout Description
42289 \begin_inset space ~
42292 command is the command LyX
42293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42300 LaTeX uses for printing.
42301 The default is on most systems
42308 \begin_layout Description
42310 \begin_inset space ~
42314 \begin_inset space ~
42317 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42318 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42319 of the program that provides the
42326 \begin_layout Subsection
42328 \begin_inset Index idx
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 \begin_inset Index idx
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42342 Settings ! Date format
42350 \begin_layout Standard
42351 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42352 \begin_inset Newline newline
42356 \begin_inset Flex URL
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42361 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42367 \begin_inset Newline newline
42370 For example the format
42371 \begin_inset Newline newline
42375 \begin_inset Newline newline
42378 prints the date as day/month/year.
42381 \begin_layout Subsection
42385 \begin_layout Description
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42394 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42397 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42398 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42406 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42410 \begin_layout Description
42412 \begin_inset space ~
42415 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42420 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42421 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42424 \begin_layout Subsection
42429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42439 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42444 \begin_inset Index idx
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 \begin_layout Description
42461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42472 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42477 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42499 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42512 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42513 LyX sets up in the background.
42514 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42517 \begin_layout Description
42519 \begin_inset space ~
42523 \begin_inset space ~
42526 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42531 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42535 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42536 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42537 manuals of the applications.
42538 Currently the following commands can be set:
42541 \begin_layout Description
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42557 command Command for the program
42561 that is described in the section
42567 Additional Features
42572 \begin_layout Description
42577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42588 command Command for the program
42592 that generates the bibliography, see section
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42599 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42606 \begin_layout Description
42608 \begin_inset space ~
42611 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42612 \begin_inset space ~
42616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42618 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42625 \begin_layout Description
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42630 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42637 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42644 \begin_layout Description
42646 \begin_inset space ~
42650 \begin_inset space ~
42654 \begin_inset space ~
42658 \begin_inset space ~
42661 options They only have an effect when the program
42665 is used as DVI-viewer.
42668 \begin_layout Standard
42669 There are additionally the following options:
42672 \begin_layout Description
42674 \begin_inset space ~
42678 \begin_inset space ~
42682 \begin_inset space ~
42686 \begin_inset space ~
42690 \begin_inset space ~
42693 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42711 to separate folders.
42712 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42713 \begin_inset Index idx
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42723 \begin_inset Index idx
42726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 \begin_layout Description
42737 \begin_inset space ~
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42749 \begin_inset space ~
42753 \begin_inset space ~
42757 \begin_inset space ~
42760 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42765 dialog when changing the document class.
42768 \begin_layout Section
42770 \begin_inset space ~
42774 \begin_inset Index idx
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42786 \begin_layout Subsection
42788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42790 name "sub:Converters"
42795 \begin_inset Index idx
42798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42807 \begin_layout Standard
42808 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42809 from one format to another.
42810 You can modify them or create new ones.
42811 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42818 \begin_inset space ~
42828 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42832 \begin_inset space ~
42837 drop-down list, modify the
42841 field, and press the
42848 \begin_layout Standard
42851 Converter File Cache
42853 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42856 Maximum Age (in days
42859 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42860 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42863 \begin_layout Standard
42864 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42865 the converter definition, is described in the section
42876 \begin_layout Subsection
42878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42880 name "sec:File-Formats"
42885 \begin_inset Index idx
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42895 \begin_inset Index idx
42898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 \begin_layout Standard
42908 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42909 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42913 \begin_layout Standard
42914 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42915 is described in the section
42926 \begin_layout Standard
42927 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42928 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42929 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42930 This is done by specifying a
42935 More about this is described in the section
42946 \begin_layout Chapter
42947 Units available in LyX
42948 \begin_inset Index idx
42951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42960 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42967 \begin_layout Standard
42968 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42971 reference "cap:Units"
42975 explains all units available in LyX.
42978 \begin_layout Standard
42979 \begin_inset Float table
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 \begin_inset Caption
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43004 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 \begin_inset Tabular
43013 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43014 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 scaled point (65536
43168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43228 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 % of original image width
43290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43497 \begin_layout Chapter
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43508 \begin_layout Standard
43509 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43510 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43513 \begin_layout Itemize
43516 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43519 \begin_layout Itemize
43525 \begin_layout Itemize
43531 \begin_layout Itemize
43537 \begin_layout Itemize
43543 \begin_layout Itemize
43549 \begin_layout Itemize
43555 \begin_layout Itemize
43561 \begin_layout Itemize
43564 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43567 \begin_layout Itemize
43573 \begin_layout Itemize
43579 \begin_layout Itemize
43585 \begin_layout Itemize
43591 \begin_layout Itemize
43597 \begin_layout Itemize
43603 \begin_layout Itemize
43609 \begin_layout Itemize
43615 \begin_layout Itemize
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43626 \begin_layout Standard
43627 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43630 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43637 \begin_layout Bibliography
43638 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43640 LatexCommand bibitem
43647 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43650 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43655 \begin_inset Newline newline
43659 \begin_inset Flex URL
43662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43664 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43672 \begin_layout Bibliography
43673 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43674 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43675 LatexCommand bibitem
43676 key "latexcompanion"
43680 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43682 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43685 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43688 \begin_layout Bibliography
43689 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43691 LatexCommand bibitem
43696 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43699 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43702 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43705 \begin_layout Bibliography
43706 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43708 LatexCommand bibitem
43715 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43718 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43721 \begin_layout Bibliography
43722 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43724 LatexCommand bibitem
43736 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43739 \begin_layout Bibliography
43740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43742 LatexCommand bibitem
43748 \begin_inset Newline newline
43752 \begin_inset Flex URL
43755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43757 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43765 \begin_layout Bibliography
43766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43768 LatexCommand bibitem
43774 \begin_inset Newline newline
43778 \begin_inset Flex URL
43781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43783 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43791 \begin_layout Bibliography
43792 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43794 LatexCommand bibitem
43800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43802 name "Documentation"
43803 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43812 \begin_inset Newline newline
43816 \begin_inset Flex URL
43819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43821 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43829 \begin_layout Bibliography
43830 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43832 LatexCommand bibitem
43838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43840 name "Documentation"
43841 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43845 how to use the program
43850 \begin_inset Newline newline
43854 \begin_inset Flex URL
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43859 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43867 \begin_layout Bibliography
43868 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43870 LatexCommand bibitem
43876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43878 name "Documentation"
43879 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43888 \begin_inset Newline newline
43892 \begin_inset Flex URL
43895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43897 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43905 \begin_layout Bibliography
43906 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43907 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43908 LatexCommand bibitem
43914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43916 name "Documentation"
43917 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43926 \begin_inset Newline newline
43930 \begin_inset Flex URL
43933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43943 \begin_layout Bibliography
43944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43946 LatexCommand bibitem
43952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43954 name "Documentation"
43955 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43959 of the LaTeX-package
43964 \begin_inset Index idx
43967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43968 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43974 \begin_inset Newline newline
43978 \begin_inset Flex URL
43981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43983 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43991 \begin_layout Bibliography
43992 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43993 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43994 LatexCommand bibitem
44000 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44002 name "Documentation"
44003 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44007 of the LaTeX-package
44012 \begin_inset Index idx
44015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44016 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44022 \begin_inset Newline newline
44026 \begin_inset Flex URL
44029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44031 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44039 \begin_layout Bibliography
44040 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44041 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44042 LatexCommand bibitem
44050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44052 name "Documentation"
44053 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44059 of the LaTeX-package
44064 \begin_inset Index idx
44067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44068 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44074 \begin_inset Newline newline
44078 \begin_inset Flex URL
44081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44091 \begin_layout Bibliography
44092 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44094 LatexCommand bibitem
44100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44102 name "Documentation"
44103 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44107 of the LaTeX-package
44112 \begin_inset Index idx
44115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44116 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44122 \begin_inset Newline newline
44126 \begin_inset Flex URL
44129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44139 \begin_layout Bibliography
44140 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44142 LatexCommand bibitem
44148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44150 name "Documentation"
44151 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44155 of the LaTeX-package
44160 \begin_inset Index idx
44163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44164 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44170 \begin_inset Newline newline
44174 \begin_inset Flex URL
44177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44179 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44187 \begin_layout Bibliography
44188 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44190 LatexCommand bibitem
44196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44198 name "Documentation"
44199 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44203 of the LaTeX-package
44208 \begin_inset Index idx
44211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44212 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44218 \begin_inset Newline newline
44222 \begin_inset Flex URL
44225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44227 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44235 \begin_layout Bibliography
44236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44238 LatexCommand bibitem
44244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44247 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44251 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44252 \begin_inset Newline newline
44256 \begin_inset Flex URL
44259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44261 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44269 \begin_layout Bibliography
44270 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44272 LatexCommand bibitem
44278 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44281 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44285 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44286 \begin_inset Newline newline
44290 \begin_inset Flex URL
44293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44295 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44303 \begin_layout Bibliography
44304 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44306 LatexCommand bibitem
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44315 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44319 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44320 \begin_inset Newline newline
44324 \begin_inset Flex URL
44327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44329 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44337 \begin_layout Bibliography
44338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44340 LatexCommand bibitem
44346 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44349 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44353 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44354 \begin_inset Newline newline
44358 \begin_inset Flex URL
44361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44363 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44371 \begin_layout Bibliography
44372 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44373 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44374 LatexCommand bibitem
44380 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44383 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44387 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44388 \begin_inset Newline newline
44392 \begin_inset Flex URL
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44397 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44405 \begin_layout Bibliography
44406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44408 LatexCommand bibitem
44414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44417 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44421 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44422 \begin_inset Newline newline
44426 \begin_inset Flex URL
44429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44439 \begin_layout Bibliography
44440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44442 LatexCommand bibitem
44448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44451 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44455 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44456 \begin_inset Newline newline
44460 \begin_inset Flex URL
44463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44465 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44473 \begin_layout Bibliography
44474 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44476 LatexCommand bibitem
44482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44489 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44490 \begin_inset Newline newline
44494 \begin_inset Flex URL
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44499 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44507 \begin_layout Bibliography
44508 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44509 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44510 LatexCommand bibitem
44516 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44519 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44523 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44524 \begin_inset Newline newline
44528 \begin_inset Flex URL
44531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44533 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44541 \begin_layout Bibliography
44542 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44543 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44544 LatexCommand bibitem
44550 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44553 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44557 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44558 \begin_inset Newline newline
44562 \begin_inset Flex URL
44565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44567 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44575 \begin_layout Bibliography
44576 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44577 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44578 LatexCommand bibitem
44584 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44587 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44591 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44592 \begin_inset Newline newline
44596 \begin_inset Flex URL
44599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44601 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44609 \begin_layout Bibliography
44610 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44611 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44612 LatexCommand bibitem
44618 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44621 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44625 about new features in
44630 \begin_inset Newline newline
44634 \begin_inset Flex URL
44637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44639 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44647 \begin_layout Standard
44648 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44682 \begin_inset Note Note
44685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44692 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44693 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44694 bibliography is the second one:
44702 \begin_layout Standard
44703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44704 LatexCommand bibtex
44705 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44706 options "biblio/alphadin"
44713 \begin_layout Standard
44714 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44717 \begin_layout Standard
44718 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44719 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44725 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44726 LatexCommand printindex